RU2679178C2 - Mounting apparatus - Google Patents

Abstract

FIELD: household items and cutlery.

SUBSTANCE: mounting apparatus has been proposed that allows an object to be mounted on a mounting surface using magnetic attraction between different planes of engagement. By moving the planes of the magnets, an object placed next to the mounting apparatus may engage one of the magnetic planes and move on to engage the other magnetic plane, moreover, the combined magnetic force can support the particular object for which the installation apparatus is intended.

EFFECT: engagement and / or disengagement of the object from the mounting apparatus can occur in stages, by degrees and / or in a tiered manner.

15 cl, 38 dwg

Description

FIELD OF THE INVENTION

The present invention relates to methods, systems and devices for releasably coupling several items. In particular, various mechanisms for the phased attachment and detachment of objects are described herein.

State of the art

Many solutions are known in the art for attaching, joining or otherwise joining two or more objects, since there are many reasons why objects need to be attached to each other. However, few of them provide installation options.

Potential objects for installation can have different sizes, shapes and masses, and therefore standard methods of installation and installation vary greatly in shape and function. In general, known installation methods require the use of mechanical fasteners to attach an object (especially for relatively large and heavy objects), and often special tools and installation time are also required. Installation methods without tools (for example, using snap-on mechanisms) are faster, but require precise and often concentrated pressure to be applied to the object during installation. Similar actions may also be required to remove the subject. Fast-mounted systems, such as mounts with suction cups and magnets, are usually suitable for relatively light objects, but these mounts are often relatively unreliable and more prone to unintentional disconnection compared to the above tools. In addition, if the design is adapted for heavier objects or for greater reliability, quickly installed systems require more holding force than is necessary only for attachment to support the weight of the object, and such large holding forces can lead to unnecessary difficulties in detaching or removing the object.

Accordingly, in the art there is a need for simple, scalable and economical devices and systems for mounting and / or installing objects of different sizes, shapes and weights on various mounting surfaces that will allow you to quickly and easily attach and detach these objects.

Brief Description of the Drawings

After the invention has been described in general terms, a description will now be made with reference to the accompanying drawings, which may not be drawn to scale and which show the following:

In FIG. 1 is an exploded view of an installation device and a conditional object in an unlinked configuration in accordance with an illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 2-4 show relative movements of planes in accordance with an illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 5 is an exploded view of an installation device and a conditional object in an unlinked configuration in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 6A-6C show a mounting device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 7A-7C show a system for mounting an object on an installation surface comprising an installation device and an object interface, in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 8A-8D show a mounting device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 9A-9C show a mounting device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 10 shows an installation device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 11A-11B show a system for mounting an object on a mounting surface comprising a mounting device and an object interface, in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 12 illustrates an installation device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 13 shows a system for mounting an object on a mounting surface comprising a mounting device and an object interface, in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 14 shows an installation device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 15 shows an installation device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 16A-16B show an installation device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 17A-17C show a mounting device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 17D shows a setup device and an object interface in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 18 shows a system for mounting an object on a mounting surface comprising a mounting device and an object interface in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 19 shows a system for mounting an object on a mounting surface comprising a mounting device and an object interface, in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 20A shows a system for mounting an object on a mounting surface comprising a mounting device and an object interface, in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 20B shows a modular component of an object interface according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 21 shows a system for mounting an object on a mounting surface comprising a mounting device and an object interface, in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 22 is a schematic front view of several electrical connectors in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 23 shows a modular component of an object interface according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 24 shows a portion of an installation device and a modular component of an object interface in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 25 shows a system for mounting an object on an installation surface, comprising an installation device and an object interface, in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 26 shows an installation device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 27A-27B show a system for mounting an object on an installation surface comprising an installation device and an object interface, in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 28A-28B show an installation device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 28C shows a modular component of an installation device in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 28D is a cross-sectional view of a modular component of an installation device and a modular component of an object interface in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 29 shows an object interface in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 30 shows a system for mounting an object on a mounting surface comprising a mounting device and an object interface in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 31 shows several installation devices according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 32A-32B show an installation device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 33A-33B show an installation device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 34 illustrates an object interface in accordance with another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 35 shows portions of several modular components of an object interface corresponding to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 36 shows an installation device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 37 shows an installation device according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

In FIG. 38 shows several installation devices according to another illustrative embodiment of the present invention.

The implementation of the invention

Some embodiments of the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to the accompanying drawings, which depict some, but not all, illustrative embodiments of the present invention. Of course, various other embodiments are possible within the scope and spirit of the present invention, which can be applied widely in many fields of technology in different industries for purposes other than those specified in the present description. Thus, the present invention should not be construed as limited to the described embodiments, on the contrary, these individual embodiments are provided to fulfill the requirements of the law.

This section provides a general description of the method of detachable coupling of one physical body with another, as well as related systems and devices. For purposes of explanation, the present invention will be discussed in terms of an installation procedure. Although the terminology used in this context (for example, installation, installation device, etc.) is applicable for purposes of clarity, the chosen method of explanation should not be construed as limiting the essence of the described method or embodiments.

In this regard, it should be noted that the embodiment described herein using the term “installation device” (also “holder”) can be used for functions other than installation. For example, some installation devices described herein can be applied separately to two or more items (for example, similar embodiments of the invention applied to each item), and to connect the items to each other, the devices can be attached to one another. In such a scenario, the invention may be considered as a mounting interface.

In addition, similar embodiments (such as, for example, those described above) may be provided with connectors that are compatible when docked with each other so that the docking of these devices facilitates the connection of objects. Therefore, in some cases, the present invention can be considered as a connecting interface.

Moreover, some embodiments of the invention that can be made in a similar or similar configuration compared to other embodiments described herein can themselves be mounted on other installation devices (holders) that are not described here, improving the functionality of known installation devices (holders). Thus, in some situations, the invention may be considered as an installation interface.

When considering the variations mentioned above, which are not exhaustive and should not be interpreted as limiting the scope of the invention, but are intended to illustrate the wide applicability and practicality of this method, terminology in the context of the installation process will be used in the following description to facilitate explanation of the invention. For the purposes of such a disclosure, the term “object” is used to mean any physical body that is intended to engage with a mounting device (holder). This term does not reflect the role of the object in the installation process. For example, the object may be a wall (for example, when an installation device is attached to it), however, in the traditional sense, the wall cannot be installed as an object. In this context, an object can be described as a target interface that can be attached to a wall to provide adhesion between the wall and the device. In some cases, the meaning of the term “object” can also be extended to an object or device that the user purposefully wants to place on a holder (for example, a TV, a picture, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a bookcase, etc.).

The term “adhesion” refers to a magnetic holding force acting between two or more components after the completion of the attachment step (until the corresponding detachment step occurs) or when the object is attached to the device during at least one completed attachment step (which can designate, for example, as partial adhesion), and also in some cases, this term may refer to physical contact between two surfaces. The term "resulting traction force" refers to the target (eg, desired, required, etc.) and essentially peak resulting magnetic force achieved between the object (or object interface) and the device. The terms “attraction” or “force of attraction” and “repulsion” or “force of repulsion” refer to magnetic influence or interaction, which may be part of the adhesion process (for example, magnetic forces that are considered to be changing and are not adhesion, as mentioned above) . The term “resulting adhesion force” refers to the sum of the corresponding adhesion forces (from different stages of adhesion) and / or adhesion forces that may arise or be present during the installation or removal process, which leads to approximation (for example, increasing resulting adhesive force) (for example, decreasing) from the resulting adhesion force, as mentioned above, but without achieving it (for example, it is always less than the resulting adhesion force).

The term “magnet” refers to any material or component that responds to magnetism, including iron-based alloys or other materials that respond to magnetism, a permanent magnet, an electromagnet, a correlated magnet, a programmable / coded magnet, etc. or a combination thereof.

The term “mounting magnet” can refer to either a magnet or a group of magnets as described above, or to a specific component of a device or system that responds to a magnetic field.

The term “electrical connection” may refer to any connection established to transmit and exchange electrical energy and / or data.

The term “coil object” refers to an object (as defined above) comprising a component for wireless charging that is configured to participate in a wireless charging process (i.e., a device for wireless charging, for example, a base station for wireless charging, a mobile device that can be charged wirelessly, etc.). The term “object without a coil” refers to an object that is not able to participate in the wireless charging process (i.e., an object that is not compatible with wireless charging devices). Unless otherwise specified, the object may be an object with a coil or an object without a coil.

The term "modular component" may refer to any component, part, part, element of an installation device, etc., an object interface, a system or component of an installation device, an object interface and / or system that is capable of being removed, uncoupled and / or replacements. Accordingly, the term "modular" can be used in the general case to mean that a particular component, part, part, element, etc. or a group of components, parts, parts, elements, etc. can be removed, uncoupled and / or replaced.

The terms “blocking adhesion force”, “coupled and locked”, “lockable adhesion” and other similar terms refer to the adhesion state between the installation device and the object or object interface, which occurs in addition to the resulting adhesion force and which essentially eliminates the chance of disengagement object from the installation device. Blocking traction, etc. can be created using magnetic or physical adhesion and is usually created by performing an additional action aimed at creating a blocking adhesion force, etc., such as turning the object, activating a mechanism such as a lock or lock, etc. Accordingly, the blocking force of adhesion, etc. usually acts until the second additional action, which can be essentially the opposite of the first action and is aimed at terminating the blocking force of adhesion, etc., so that the object can be detached from the installation device.

The term "peripheral object" can refer to any physical body that is not an object (as defined above). This term is used herein as a context for selected embodiments, descriptions and examples, and the use of this term does not exclude that the object may be a physical body of a certain category or type. For example, in one example, physical objects of the same type (for example, a smartphone) may be an object and a peripheral object (for example, the first smartphone may be a settable object, and the second smartphone may be a peripheral object). Accordingly, one physical body (i.e., the first smartphone) will not be an object and a peripheral object in one embodiment, description or example.

The term “intelligent” indicates that an object, such as an installation device, an object interface, an installation system, a modular component, an object, a peripheral object, etc., can perform at least one computing function. Such a computing function may include, but is not limited to, functionality typically associated with mobile computing devices, such as running software, wired or wireless, participating as a node in one or more networks, etc. This term is used for brevity, clarity and explanation in certain embodiments, descriptions and examples and, therefore, should not be construed as limiting the scope of capabilities or functionality of embodiments that are not explicitly stated as intelligent. Moreover, the installation device, the object interface, the installation system, the modular component, the peripheral object, etc., which are designated as intelligent, are initially assumed to be configured to support at least the hardware and software required for the indicated application including but not limited to a printed circuit board, an integrated circuit, a drive (e.g., a flash drive, solid state drive, etc.), a memory card reader (i.e., a memory card slot and, adapter, etc.), data port, power port, wireless component (for example, wireless radios, including WiFi, Bluetooth, NFC, etc.), mobile component (for example, GSM, CDMA, etc.), wireless module, accelerometer, gyroscope, GPS chipset, etc.

The term “card” refers to a component or modular component of an installation device, an interface of an object or installation system on which a printed circuit board, motherboard, etc. are located. and which is considered intelligent (as defined above), regardless of whether it has been explicitly stated that the component is intelligent. Accordingly, the card may have at least the hardware and software components necessary for the indicated application, and the term “card component” may refer to any component or element of a smart device (eg, smartphone, tablet computer, etc.) .), including, but not limited to, an integrated circuit, an integrated circuit, a drive (e.g., a flash drive, solid state drive, etc.), a memory card reader (i.e., memory card slot, adapter, etc.). d.) data orth, power port, wireless component (e.g. wireless radios, including WiFi, Bluetooth, NFC, etc.), mobile component (e.g. GSM, CDMA, etc.), wireless module communications, accelerometer, gyroscope, GPS chipset, etc.

The term “stand-alone” indicates that for operating in stand-alone mode, at least with limited functionality, the modular component only needs an electrical connection or a power source (for example, a rechargeable battery, a receiving coil for wireless charging, etc .; which may be integrated into a modular component). The term is also used to mean that an item, such as an installation device, exists independently and does not fit into an existing item.

The term “input device” may refer to any component or element of an installation device, an object interface, an installation system, a modular component, an object or a peripheral object that can be configured to receive a physical or sensory input signal, for example, from a user or an external environment, including but not limited to a proximity sensor, a tactile sensor, a vibration sensor, a motion detector, an ambient light sensor, a gas sensor, a digital camera (e.g., camera, camcorder, fucked-camera, etc.), tactile key switch, knob lever, etc. or a combination thereof.

The term "tactile input signal" may refer to any input signal associated with touch detection, such as pressing a button or activating a tactile sensor, such as a capacitive sensor, by touching.

The term “interchangeable component” refers to a conditional modular component of an installation device, an object interface and / or installation system, which is one of several modular components having a similar configuration in terms of a structurally defined area (for example, space, slot, socket, camera, etc. .d.) of an installation device, an object interface and / or installation system or a component of an installation device, an object interface and / or installation system, each of which is several modular components can be attached and uncoupled with the possibility of mutual replacement through a structurally defined area. For example, an existing slot in the installation device can be configured to insert a ferrous metal plate (iron), card or input device into it, depending on the desired functionality of the installation device, while the ferrous metal plate, card and input device can have a similar configuration from the point of view of the region of the nest, which is structurally determined so that they can be inserted into the nest with the possibility of mutual replacement. Thus, this term does not determine the functionality of a modular component, except for the possibility of mutual replacement due to the peculiarities of the form factor.

The term “field manipulation component” may refer to any component or element of an installation device, object interface, installation system, modular component or object configured to manipulate, modify, block, or otherwise affect a magnetic field associated with at least one a component of an installation device, an object interface, an installation system or object, including but not limited to a ferromagnetic plate, a ferromagnetic cover or plug, a component thread shielding, magnetic core, etc. In general, this term refers to components or elements that are designed to fine-tune the field (s) associated with components of the installation device, object interface, or installation system, such as installation magnets, ferromagnetic control components, etc., or which are intended for the protection or shielding of other components or elements of the installation device, object interface, installation system, modular component or object on which the magnetic field may not ativnost influence, such as maps, input devices, etc.

The term “task” can refer to any function, series of functions, etc. that an installation device, an object interface, an installation system, an object or peripheral object can perform, including but not limited to mechanical functions, electrical functions, computational functions, functions communications, changes perceived by sensory organs or sensory devices, or a combination thereof.

The terms “card”, “input device”, “component for manipulating the field” and “task” are used in the selected embodiments, descriptions and examples disclosed herein for brevity, clarity and explanation, while using these terms in some embodiments implementation, descriptions and examples should not be construed as limiting the scope of capabilities, functions, components or elements of embodiments in which the same or similar components are not explicitly indicated as "map", "mouth oystvo input "," component for manipulating a field "or" task ".

The term “standard” (for example, “standard component”, “standard modular component”, etc.) indicates that the component or element has a substantially identical configuration in each of several installation devices, object interfaces, installation systems, modular components or objects that may contain this component or element.

In addition, in this context, the terms “bottom”, “top”, “upper”, “lower”, “internal”, “external” and other similar terms are used to simplify understanding and generally refer to the position of certain components or parts of various components embodiments of the present invention at different points in the installation or removal procedure. It should be understood that these terms are not used in the absolute sense, i.e. the part of the component, which at one point in the installation process is described as the “outer surface”, may, after installation is completed, appear, for example, on the inside of the device or system.

To the installation of objects of various types, sizes, shapes, masses, etc. different demands are made. For example, a user may want to mount a small, relatively lightweight object, such as a GPS device, on an irregular (e.g., tilted) surface of a vehicle dashboard. The user may also want to install the GPS device with one hand with one simple movement, without having to concentrate on placing the object in the installation device (holder). In other situations, the user may, on the contrary, want to fix a large-sized heavy object on a relatively vertical surface, as in the case when the user wants to mount a 52-inch plasma TV at home on the wall. In this case, the user may need to hold the object with both hands, and the fixing operation should be performed as quickly as possible, but at the same time with a guarantee of reliable fixation of the TV so that it does not accidentally fall after installation and is not damaged. When you need to remove an object from the installation device (holder), whether it is large or small, heavy or light, the user may again want to perform this action in a relatively simple way, with as little effort as possible.

Accordingly, embodiments of the present invention relate to a mounting device (holder) configured to mount an object on a mounting surface due to magnetic forces. As will be described below, in some embodiments, the installation device is provided with at least two magnets located in two different planes, at least one plane being movable relative to the other. Using the movement of the magnet planes, when an object approaches the installation device, it can engage with one of the magnetic planes, and then continue to move until it engages with another magnetic plane, and the combined magnetic force (for example, the resulting adhesion force) must be such that the installation device or the system provided support for the appropriate facility for which it is intended.

By dividing the required resulting magnetic force into two planes (or more, as will be described below), the engagement and / or disengagement of the object from the installation device can occur in stages. That is, in some embodiments, the user bringing the object to the installation device during installation may be able to gradually engage the object with the installation device. In other words, as the object approaches the installation device, the magnetic force arising between the object and the various magnetic planes of the installation device will first be less than the resulting magnetic force, which ultimately provides support for the object, and then begins to gradually increase until the object is fully engaged with the installation device .

As an alternative or addition in some embodiments, the user can also detach the object from the installation device in stages, by sequentially detaching the object from each magnetic clutch plane. Such a multi-level detachment of an object can allow the user to apply a disengagement force to the installed object that is less than the resulting adhesion force acting between the installation device and the object when it is fully attached (for example, mounted on the surface). Thus, for example, when a heavy object is connected to the installation device, the user does not need to pull the object from the installation device to disconnect them by applying an opposite force equal to the resulting (i.e. large) force that holds the object in a fixed state on the installation device. Instead, the user can apply a force sufficient to overcome the magnetic force between the object and one of the magnetic planes (for example, less than the resulting adhesion force of all planes) so that the object detaches gradually (i.e., disconnects from each plane in turn).

In addition to the stepwise engagement and disengagement that can be achieved using the embodiments of the present invention described below, the installation device can perform other functions that simplify installation and / or removal and / or functions that facilitate or improve the use of the installed object. For example, in some embodiments, the installation device may be configured to allow the object to self-align with the installation device. The installation device can also be made with the possibility of structural support for objects of different weights and configurations (for example, sizes and shapes), providing data transfer and electrical connection with the object, as well as coupling with the object in different ways. Some options may allow you to manipulate a linked object (for example, to move an object in various ways) either by the user himself or by a device acting on the object in a controlled manner. In other embodiments, the object may have an effective locking (locking) mechanism. Other configurations may include controlling the functionality of the object with partial disengagement and re-engagement of the object. In other embodiments, the device may be prepared for adhesion, its appearance and / or method for coupling the device may be changed. In other configurations, the device may remain invisible until it needs to be used.

Thus, as will become apparent in light of the description below with reference to the figures, the method disclosed herein can be implemented in several ways. A stand-alone (for example, stand-alone) device can be designed and made so that it can be attached to a portable or stationary object (mounting surface), some of the options described below are examples of such an implementation. In addition, the method can be applied to an existing object (for example, a wall, television, picture frames) or part of an existing object, so that this object is modified to provide the desired functionality of the invention (for example, to embed the present invention). At the same time, the existing components or parameters of this subject are used as components or parameters of variants of the invention, so that the invention can be partially or fully incorporated into this subject. In other words, components that may be needed for an embodiment of the invention and which are not in the indicated subject can be added to it, and the components or parameters of this subject, already suitable for performing the necessary functions of the indicated components of the embodiment, can be used in the existing form or changed according to the need; however, all components together are configured so as to obtain a device consisting of both existing components and added components located, at least partially, inside the specified item. The latter approach can be particularly advantageous since modifying an existing item is often less expensive and / or less damaging than embedding a separate device, and in some cases an integrated version may be more aesthetically appealing than attaching an independent device. In one example, the wall is modified, and the method is applied to part of the wall so that the object can be mounted on the wall, and most of the components for the embodiment of the invention are hidden inside the wall, which minimizes the effect on the appearance of the wall compared to attaching to wall of independent devices. Moreover, in addition to the above approaches, a system is proposed in which for the specified bodies it is possible to create (either constructively or by changing, as shown above) the device and the object interface (or two devices) that are compatible with each other during fastening.

The method proposed for mounting an object on a mounting surface involves placing the first installation magnet in a first plane; placing the second installation magnet in a second plane; providing the ability to move at least one mounting magnet independently of the other along the clutch line that intersects the first and second planes; limiting the movement of the movable installation magnet between the corresponding outer limit position and the base limit position; the implementation of the installation magnets with the possibility of interaction to fix the installed object by creating the resulting traction force; and configuring the corresponding external limit position of said movable mounting magnet in such a way that a decoupling force that is less than the resulting adhesion force, when applied to the installed object, gradually overcomes the resulting adhesion force, successively overcoming the corresponding adhesion forces created by the first and second installation magnets to detach the object .

The first and / or second planes may be formed by curved surfaces. Also, one of the mounting magnets may have a fixed position. For example, the first mounting magnet may have a fixed position, and the second magnet may be movable.

The first mounting magnet may be several magnets. The second positioning magnet can likewise be several magnets.

A control force may be applied to said movable mounting magnet to control at least the movement and / or functionality of the movable mounting magnet. The control force may be designed to bias the movable installation magnet from the installed object and / or to it. In addition, the control force can move the movable positioning magnet between its corresponding outer limit position and the base limit position.

The control force can be terminated, adjusted and / or dynamically adjusted in such a way as to set the corresponding holding position of said movable magnet between its corresponding outer limit position and the base limit position.

Control force adjustment can be carried out remotely. In addition, an interface may be provided for adjusting the control force. The control force may consist of several control forces, each of which will control the corresponding installation magnet.

At least one of the mounting magnets can be configured to insert part of the installed object into it. Inserting part of the installed object may imply constructive support for the object.

Structural support of an object may be a restriction of the movement of an object in a direction along one axis relative to the installation device. As an alternative or addition, constructive support of an object may imply at least partial support for the weight of the object. Moreover, the insertion of part of the installed object may imply directional adhesion of the object.

At least one short-range device for wireless data transmission, which may be within the communication range of the communication component associated with the object when the object is installed, can be located next to the target installation area. As an alternative or addition, said wireless data transmission device may be within the communication range of the communication component associated with the object when the object is fully engaged, and may be outside the communication range of the communication component associated with the object when the object is partially or fully uncoupled.

At least one wireless charger may be located adjacent to the target installation area, which may be within the range of a compatible wireless charging component when the object is partially or fully engaged with the installation device.

In addition, at least one connection interface may be placed in the first and / or second plane. The connecting interface may be an electrical connector.

The first positioning magnet may have a first magnetic force, and the second positioning magnet may have a second magnetic force, which is essentially opposite to the first magnetic force.

The second mounting magnet may be movable, and the combination of the second mounting magnets may be placed in several second planes. The second alignment magnets may be configured such that the corresponding base limit positions of all the second alignment magnets are substantially in the same plane. The second set magnets can be nested into each other. Also, the second alignment magnets may be located in a telescopic configuration.

The corresponding limit positions of the movable mounting magnets can be made so that these magnets can move to a position in which the first and second planes essentially coincide.

In some embodiments, the second positioning magnet may be movable, and the first positioning magnet may be in a fixed position.

The second positioning magnet may be designed so that its base limit position substantially coincides with the first plane. Alternatively, the second positioning magnet may be configured such that its outer limit position substantially coincides with the first plane.

In some embodiments, the first positioning magnet and the second positioning magnet may be movable.

The corresponding basic limit positions of the first positioning magnet and the second positioning magnet can be essentially in the same plane. Also, the corresponding outer limit positions of these magnets may be substantially in the same plane.

The outer limit position of the first positioning magnet and the base limit position of the second positioning magnet can be substantially in the same plane.

The first positioning magnet and / or the second positioning magnet can be positioned relative to the target area of the installation so that when the object being set is closer to the target area, at least one attractive force will appear to the first and / or second positioning magnet. At least one of the mounting magnets, which is movable, can be made with the possibility of moving towards the installed object under the action of the indicated attractive force.

The positions of the positioning magnets and the corresponding limit positions of said movable positioning magnet (s) can be selected so that said attractive force moves the movable magnet toward the corresponding outer limit position, thereby defining the boundaries of the first clutch position.

In addition, the positions of the positioning magnets and the corresponding limit positions of the movable positioning magnets can be selected so that the adhesion between the object and the corresponding positioning magnet within the boundaries of the first clutch position leads to the appearance of a second attractive force, which pulls the object and the uncoupled positioning magnet into engagement with each other another, resulting in a resulting adhesion force that allows you to install the object on the device.

The holding force may bias the movable mounting magnets from the object to be installed and may be less than the indicated attractive force.

The third mounting magnet may be placed in a third plane. The third installation magnet may be configured to be mounted to the object to be installed in order to adapt the object to alignment with the first and / or second installation magnets.

The third installation magnet may be several magnets. Also, the third mounting magnet may be several third mounting magnets located in several third planes.

In addition, the third positioning magnet may be configured to apply a force to the object to the first and / or second positioning magnets.

In one embodiment of the installation device, it has an intermediate surface configured to respond to magnetism, and a clutch element located along the clutch line relative to the intermediate surface. The clutch member is configured to respond to magnetism, the clutch member and / or the intermediate surface being movable between the extended state and the retracted state. In the retracted state, the movable clutch element and / or the intermediate surface are displaced from the installed object. In the extended state, the movable clutch element and / or the intermediate surface are displaced towards the installed object. The proximity of the object to the clutch element leads to the occurrence of an attractive force between the object and the clutch element, which causes the clutch of the object with the clutch element. The approach of the object to the intermediate surface leads to the occurrence of an attractive force between the object and the intermediate surface, which causes the object to adhere to the intermediate surface. Thus, the device is made with the possibility of phased coupling with the installed object due to the corresponding adhesion forces.

The intermediate surface and / or side of the clutch member may be formed by a curved surface. The intermediate surface may have a fixed position. The adhesion of the object to the clutch element can lead to the object being so close to the intermediate surface that an attractive force arises between it and the intermediate surface. The adhesion of the object to the intermediate surface can lead to the location of this object in such close proximity to the clutch element that an attractive force arises between it and the clutch element. Corresponding attractive forces associated with the grip element and the intermediate surface can together provide an engagement of the object and can create the resulting adhesion force between the device and the object.

The device can be made in such a way that the disengagement force applied to the installed object gradually overcomes the action of the corresponding adhesion forces associated with the intermediate surface and the adhesion element to disengage the object. Therefore, the disengagement force may be less than the resulting adhesion force.

The clutch member may be substantially flush with the intermediate surface (e.g., in the retracted state).

The device may include a control component configured to apply a control force to the clutch member and / or the intermediate surface to control the movement and / or functionality of the clutch member and / or the intermediate surface, respectively. The control component may be configured to bias the clutch member toward the retracted state or to bias the clutch member toward the extended state. As an alternative or addition, the control component may be configured to move the engagement member between the retracted position and the extended position.

The control component can be designed so that the control force is adjustable, can be controlled remotely and / or its action can be stopped.

The control component may comprise a magnet. For example, the control component may comprise an electromagnet.

The control component may be configured to hold the clutch member in an extended position. Also, the control component can be designed so that the clutch element is removed after the object is detached from the device.

The control component can be made movable relative to the clutch line. The control component may be several control components, each of which can control the movement and / or functionality of the clutch element and / or the intermediate surface.

The clutch member may include a protruding part and a front plane connected to the protruding part. The clutch element can be made with the possibility of constructive support of the object due to the engagement of the object with at least a segment of the protruding part. As an alternative or addition, the protruding portion may be configured to support at least a portion of the weight of the object.

The clutch element can be made with the ability to limit the movement of the object along one axis relative to the device. The protruding part may be configured to set the position of the clutch member in the extended and / or retracted state.

The intermediate surface of the device can be made with the possibility of inserting into it at least part of the clutch element and / or the installed object. Part of the intermediate surface may have an opening into which at least the first part of the clutch member can slide in to substantially align the clutch line along the central axis of the clutch member while moving the clutch member between the extended and retracted states. The intermediate surface may comprise a chamber extending from a portion of the intermediate surface with an aperture, wherein the chamber may be adapted to slidably accommodate the second part of the clutch member, and the width of the first part of the clutch member may differ from the width of the second part.

The camera may have a first depth, and the clutch element may have a second depth, the first depth may be greater than the second depth.

The intermediate surface can be made with the possibility of constructive support of the object. Alternatively or in addition, the intermediate surface may be configured to support at least a portion of the weight of the object. In addition, the intermediate surface can be configured to limit the movement of an object along one axis relative to the device.

The device may include at least one short-range device for wireless data transmission, which can be placed on an intermediate surface or clutch element. The specified device for wireless data transmission can be placed on an intermediate surface and can exchange data wirelessly with an electronic device placed next to it. Moreover, the clutch member can be designed so that the specified wireless data transmission device can exchange data wirelessly with the electronic device when the object is fully engaged with the device, and cannot communicate wirelessly with the electronic device when the object is partially or completely detached from the device.

The device may include at least one wireless charger, which can be placed on an intermediate surface or clutch element. The specified wireless charger can be placed on an intermediate surface and can provide wireless charging of an electronic device located next to the wireless charger.

The clutch element and / or the intermediate surface of the device can be arranged to accommodate at least one connecting interface. The specified interface can be configured to transmit data and / or electricity to the installed object when the object is coupled to the device.

The clutch element and / or the intermediate surface can be made with the ability to displace the installed object in a predetermined installation orientation until the object engages with the device.

The clutch member and / or intermediate surface may comprise at least one electromagnet.

The clutch member may be several clutch members. At least one of the clutch elements can be configured to respond to magnetism, and each clutch element can be independently moved along a respective clutch line relative to other clutch elements. Each clutch element may include a protruding part and a front plane connected to the protruding part, while the protruding part can be configured to set the position of the clutch element in the extended and / or retracted state.

The protruding part of each clutch element may have a certain depth, and the depth of at least two clutch elements may be different.

The clutch element may contain several components, while at least one component of the clutch element can be configured to respond to magnetism. Several components of the clutch element can be located relative to each other so that they are in a nested configuration. In the extended state, the combination of components of the clutch element can form a telescopic clutch element, which can move towards the installed object. When retracted, several components of the clutch member can be positioned substantially flush with the intermediate surface. Alternatively, in the retracted state, several components of the clutch member may form a telescopic seat. Moreover, in the extended state, several components of the clutch member can be arranged substantially flush with the intermediate surface.

In some embodiments of the invention, there is also provided an object interface, as mentioned above, which is adapted to be attached to an object (for example, a device or an object that the user wants to install) to facilitate coupling of the object with the installation device. The object interface may include one or more magnets that can attract or attract to the respective magnets of the installation device. Essentially, in some embodiments, an object’s interface can be embedded in an installed device or object (for example, a component of the device or the object itself), it can be part of a cover, other fastening or accessory on the device or object, or it can be otherwise adapted to Provide attachment to a device or object. As in the case of the installation device, the interface of the object can be performed in several ways, starting with the use of a simple plate that responds to magnetism, and ending, in some cases, providing the parameters and functions of the installation device. In this regard, it should be understood that the installation device is not limited to the embodiments in which it is attached to the installation surface (e.g., a wall, dashboard, table surface, etc.) and configured to insert an object (e.g., device, object or object interface), but also includes embodiments in which the installation device is attached (or otherwise connected) to the installed device or object, and is configured to engage with the reciprocal uktsiey associated with the installation surface (for example, a simple magnetic domain on a mounting surface or object interface).

Thus, a system for installing an object on a mounting surface is proposed. This system includes an installation device and an object interface. The installation device includes an intermediate surface configured to respond to magnetism, while this intermediate surface forms a first plane; and a clutch member configured to respond to magnetism, where the clutch member forms a second plane and is able to move along the clutch line intersecting with the first plane. The object interface is configured to be mounted to the object to be installed and the installation device, wherein the object interface includes a central surface for the object, configured to respond to magnetism and combine with the clutch element and / or an intermediate surface, where this central surface for the object forms a third plane. The clutch member and / or the intermediate surface of the installation device are movable between the corresponding outer limit position and the corresponding base limit position. When the movable clutch element and / or the intermediate surface are in the corresponding outer limit position, the distance between the first and second planes corresponds to the depth of adhesion of the device. At the same time, the installation device is capable of coupling with the object interface due to the corresponding adhesion forces associated with the coupling element and the intermediate surface so that the resulting adhesion force is gradually increased until the level of the total force that allows you to set the object on the installation surface is reached.

The device can be made in such a way that the disengagement force, which is less than the resulting adhesion force and applied to the installed object attached to the object interface, can provide a phased disengagement of the object interface from the installation device, gradually overcoming the action of the corresponding adhesion forces associated with the clutch element and the intermediate surface.

The central surface for the object may contain at least one electromagnet. Alternatively or in addition, the central surface for the object may comprise at least one correlated magnet, the correlated magnet of the central surface for the object being programmable.

The clutch element may comprise at least one correlated magnet, the correlated magnet of the clutch element being programmable.

Similarly, the intermediate surface may comprise at least one correlated magnet, the correlated magnet of the intermediate surface being programmable.

The first, second and / or third planes may be formed by curved surfaces.

The installation device may include a control device component, configured to apply a control device force to the clutch element and / or the intermediate surface to control the movement and / or functionality of the clutch element and / or intermediate surface. The force controlling the device can provide a displacement of the clutch element from the interface of the object. Alternatively, the force controlling the device may provide a displacement of the clutch member toward the object interface.

The interface of the object can be made so that the force of attraction acting between the clutch element and the interface of the object is greater than the force controlling the device.

The control component of the device may be configured to move the clutch member between the outer limit position and the base limit position.

The central surface of the object can be configured to apply a first force controlling interface to the intermediate surface and / or the device engagement element. The first interface control force can be adjustable. As an alternative or addition, the first interface control force can be remotely controlled.

The clutch member and / or intermediate surface may comprise at least one connecting interface. Similarly, at least one connecting interface may comprise a central surface of an object.

The interface of the object can be made with the possibility of improving the design of the object when it is attached to the object.

The clutch element may contain several clutch elements forming a set of second planes. As an alternative or addition, the clutch member may comprise several components of the clutch member nested within each other.

The central surface of the object can be configured to insert at least part of the clutch element and / or the intermediate surface into it. Similarly, the engagement element and / or the intermediate surface can be configured to insert at least part of the central surface of the object into them.

The object interface may contain an auxiliary surface of the object located at a distance from the central surface of the object, while the auxiliary surface of the object can be configured to react to magnetism. The auxiliary surface of the object can define a fourth plane. The fourth plane may be formed by a curved surface.

The distance between the third plane and the fourth plane can correspond to the depth of the interface of the object, while the depth of adhesion to the device and the depth of the interface of the object can be different.

The installation device can be adapted to engage with the interface of the object due to the adhesion force acting between the engagement element and the central surface of the object, and the adhesion force acting between the intermediate surface and the auxiliary surface of the object, while the resulting adhesion force can increase in stages until the resulting force clutch for mounting an object on a mounting surface.

The depth of the object interface can be made in such a way that the disengagement force, lower than the resulting adhesion force and acting on the installed object to which the object interface is attached, can provide a phased disengagement of the object interface from the installation device, gradually overcoming the action of the corresponding adhesion forces acting on the clutch element and the intermediate surface.

The auxiliary surface of the object may include several auxiliary surfaces of the object in several fourth planes. The auxiliary surface of the object may contain at least one electromagnet. Alternatively or in addition, the auxiliary surface of the object may comprise at least one correlated magnet.

In addition, the auxiliary surface of the object can be configured to apply a second force control interface to the intermediate surface and / or device engagement element. The second interface control force may be adjustable. As an alternative or addition, the second interface control force can be remotely controlled.

Moreover, the second interface control force can repel the intermediate surface of the device so that at least one of the auxiliary surfaces of the object associated with the intermediate surface is separated from this intermediate surface. The distance between the indicated auxiliary surface of the object associated with the intermediate surface and the intermediate surface itself can correspond to a third depth, while the third depth can be less than the depth of adhesion to the device.

The installation device can be designed so that it is resistant to corrosion. Similarly, the object interface can also be designed to be corrosion resistant. For example, magnets can be protected or coated with materials that are impervious to water and water vapor, such as plastic, thermoplastic elastomers, non-ferrous metals, etc., and other (e.g. non-magnetic) components can be made of materials that are resistant to corrosion or other destruction. When implemented in this way, embodiments of an installation device or system can be used in many environmental conditions, including high humidity.

The specific configurations illustrated and described below are included for purposes of explanation. In fact, based on the ideas discussed herein, various other configurations are acceptable, with the described embodiments selected to illustrate one or more ideas of the invention. Thus, the configurations described in detail in this document should not be construed as an exhaustive list of possible configurations for providing phased attachment, uncoupling and / or other functionalities described below.

In all the accompanying drawings, the same reference numerals denote similar components. For clarity and simplification of the description of embodiments on one or more accompanying drawings, some components of the installation device may not be shown.

In FIG. 1 shows one embodiment of an installation device 10 for engaging and attaching to an object. In the embodiment of FIG. 1, the object is shown as a conditional (nominal) object 99, which by its nature reacts to magnetism (for example, a plate made of black sheet metal for storage, a frame for a picture with a magnetic back side, etc.).

The installation device 10 can be made so that the first installation magnet is supported (placed) in the first plane P1, and the second installation magnet is supported in the second plane P2. Accordingly, the clutch member 14 and the intermediate surface 12 can be configured to respond to magnetism. In some embodiments, the second positioning magnet may be several magnets. Similarly, the first mounting magnet may be several magnets. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, the first positioning magnet is supported in the first plane P1 by the intermediate surface 12, and the second positioning magnet is supported in the second plane P2 by the front side 88 of the clutch member 14. In this embodiment, the second positioning magnet consists of one magnet 40, and the first positioning magnet consists of six magnets 30, located in a certain way relative to each other and relative to the second installation magnet. Number, type, strength, location, remoteness of magnets, etc. relative to each other and other components of the installation device can be selected in such a way as to ensure the location of the installed object, the implementation of certain functions of the device and / or satisfaction of user requirements. In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 1, the components of the intermediate surface 12 and the clutch element 14, other than the magnets 30 and the magnet 40, may consist of materials that do not affect and do not respond to magnetism. Thus, in the embodiment of FIG. 1, the intermediate surface 12 and the clutch element 14 are configured to respond to magnetism through magnets 30 and magnet 40, respectively.

Alternatively, in some embodiments, the device may not contain traditional magnets (i.e., magnets that by their nature create a magnetic field (s), for example, permanent magnets). For example, the installation device may not have traditional magnets when the object creates a magnetic field that allows installation. In such embodiments, the intermediate surface and the clutch element can be configured to react to magnetism by other means, for example, by attaching ferrous metal elements instead of standard magnets or by fabricating the intermediate surface or clutch element in whole or in part from materials that respond to magnetism. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the intermediate surface or the clutch member may function as a first positioning magnet or a second positioning magnet. In accordance with this approach or as an adjunct, the first plane P1 or the second plane P2 can be a conditional plane defined by an intermediate surface, an adhesion element of the installation device or its surface.

In some embodiments, at least one of the mounting of the magnets (or groups of mounting magnets in the illustrated embodiment) may be configured to move independently of the other positioning magnets along the adhesion line L _e, intersecting first and second planes P1 and P2. A schematic diagram showing the movement of the planes P1 and P2 and the clutch line L _e is shown in FIG. 2-4.

In the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, the clutch member 14 may be configured to move relative to the fixed intermediate surface 12 and the other components of the device 10. Thus, the second mounting magnet 40 can move independently of the first mounting magnets 30 along the coupling line L _e.

The movement of the movable mounting magnet (s) (which in some embodiments can be both the first and second mounting magnets) can be limited so that each movable mounting magnet can only move between the corresponding outer limit position OL and the corresponding base limit position BL (as shown in Fig. 5). According to this approach, or as a complement, the engagement member 14 and / or the intermediate surface 12 can be moved between the extended state and the retracted state. In the retracted state, the movable clutch element and / or the intermediate surface can be offset from the object to be installed (for example, can be shifted toward the base limit position BL). In the extended state, the movable clutch member and / or the intermediate surface can be biased towards the object to be installed (for example, they can be biased towards the outer limit position OL). In the embodiment of FIG. 1, the extended state and retracted state are the relative positions of the clutch member 14 when the corresponding positioning magnet (second positioning magnet 40) is in the outer limit position OL and in the base limit position BL, respectively, since the second positioning magnet 40 in this embodiment is movable, and the first mounting magnet 30 of the intermediate surface 12 has a fixed position. In FIG. 5, the device is shown in the extended state.

The outer limit position OL and the base limit position BL can be set in various ways. For example, using one or more components of the installation device, restrictive elements can be provided that can be positioned relative to the movable installation magnet (s) in such a way as to limit the movement of the installation magnet (s). As an alternative or addition, the clutch element may comprise a protruding part and a front plane connected to it, while the protruding part can specify the position of the clutch element in the extended and / or retracted state. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 1, the restriction member 50 is formed by an outwardly projecting portion 98 connected to the front side 88 of the clutch member 14, while the protruding part 98 defines the depth of the clutch member 14. The restriction member 50 may contact the inner side 86 of the intermediate surface 12 to limit the movement of the clutch member 14 towards the object 99 (i.e. towards the extended state). Also, the supporting surface 80 is made so that its inner side 84 restricts the movement of the clutch element 14 from the object 99 (i.e. towards the retracted state). Thus, the role of the restriction element in this embodiment is played by the support surface 80. Accordingly, the positions of the restriction element 50 and the support surface 80 relative to the depth of the clutch element 14 defined by the protruding part 98 can serve to indicate the outer limit position OL and the base limit position BL of the second installation magnet 40. In particular, the outer limit position OL of the second positioning magnet 40 can be set by the position of the restriction element 50 on the protruding part 98 from ositelno depth, and the limit position of the base BL of the second mounting magnet 40 may be set to position abutment surface 80 relative to clutch member 14 and the depth position of the intermediate surface 12. Thus, the protruding portion 98 may define the position of the clutch member 14 in the extended state.

In addition, although the outer limit position OL and the base limit position BL can be set using the relative positions and features of the components of the installation device in a predetermined configuration, the outer limit position OL and the base limit position of at least one of the movable installation magnets can be dynamically changed for by adjusting the components of the installation device, as will be described in more detail below.

Embodiments of the present invention can be made so that part of the intermediate surface has an opening into which at least the first part of the clutch member can be inserted. The insertion of at least a portion of the clutch member can substantially align the clutch line with the central axis of the clutch member while moving the clutch member between the extended and retracted states. In the embodiment of FIG. 1 part of the intermediate surface 12 may have an opening 94 into which at least the first part of the clutch element 14 (which in this case may be the protruding part 98) can be inserted in a sliding manner using the guide surface 96. Thus, the movement of the second positioning magnet 40 and (respectively) of the clutch member 14 can be controlled by the intermediate surface 12 so that the coupling line L _e can be substantially fully aligned with the central axis X ale clutch assembly 14 when moving the clutch member 14 between the extended and retracted states. In addition, the depth of the protruding portion 98 can ensure that the clutch member 14 is in continuous contact with the guide surface 96 when the clutch member 14 is in the retracted position (for example, in contact with the abutment surface 80, as mentioned above). Therefore, the protruding part 98 can also serve to indicate the position of the clutch element 14 in the retracted state.

The corresponding limit positions (OL and BL) of the movable magnet (s) may be such that the first magnet (s) and the second magnet (s) (in the embodiment of Fig. 1, this magnet is the second magnet 40) can move to a position in which the first and second planes essentially coincide. Accordingly, the second positioning magnet can be designed so that the base limit position of the second positioning magnet substantially coincides with the first plane. As shown in FIG. 1, the housing 82 can connect the supporting surface 80 and the intermediate surface 12 and can accommodate the device 10 (for clarity, Fig. 1 does not show a part of the side wall of the housing 82). The depth of the clutch element 14 can be selected taking into account the depth of the guide surface 96 and the length of the housing 82 so that the clutch element 14 included in the intermediate surface 12 (as mentioned above) and the second mounting magnet 40 can move to a position in which the second the plane P2 and the first plane P1 essentially coincide. In the embodiment of FIG. 1, this position (P1 = P2) is also the base limit position BL of the second positioning magnet 40 and the retracted state of the clutch member 14, with the front surface of the positioning device 10 being flush when the clutch member is in the retracted state. However, in other embodiments, which will be discussed below, the restriction elements 50, the base limit position BL, the outer limit position OL, and the extended and retracted states can be set using other components of the mounting device 10 and / or other designs of these components.

The mounting magnets 30, 40 may be configured to interact to provide adhesion to the mounted object (for example, object 99 of FIG. 1) so as to create a net adhesion force between the mounting magnets and the object, which serves to hold the object on the installation device, such as described in more detail below. Thus, the corresponding external limit position of the movable positioning magnets (in the embodiment of FIG. 1, the second positioning magnet 40) can be made so that the disengagement force is less than the resulting adhesion force and can gradually overcome the effect of the resulting adhesion force, successively overcoming the corresponding forces the clutch of the first and second mounting magnets, when applied to the installed object for its disengagement.

The relative position and relative movement of the clutch element 14 and the intermediate surface 12, as described above, can also simplify the installation of the object on the installation device. The approach of an object (for example, object 99 of Fig. 1) to the clutch element can create an attractive force between the object and the clutch element, as a result of which the object will clutch with the clutch element. Similarly, approaching an object to an intermediate surface can create an attractive force between them, causing the object to adhere to the intermediate surface, so that the installation device provides a phased adhesion of the installed object due to the corresponding adhesion forces.

The sequence and number of stages of coupling (for example, installation) or uncoupling (for example, removal) can be arbitrary (for each application, object, user requirements, etc.) depending on the relative position of the components of the device, adding a component (components), which creates a magnetic field, strengths (forces) of the magnetic field (fields) and other factors, as will be described in more detail below.

In addition, the first positioning magnet and / or the second positioning magnet can be positioned relative to the target area of the installation so that when the object being set approaches the target area of the installation, at least one attractive force will be applied to the first and / or second positioning magnets. The movable mounting magnet (magnets) can be made with the ability to move towards the installed object under the action of the force (forces) of attraction. Thus, the force (forces) of attraction can drag the movable mounting magnet (magnets) towards the corresponding external limit position (s) to indicate the range for the first clutch position (for example, to determine the range in which the first clutch step can be performed). In addition, the device can be designed so that the adhesion between the object and the installation magnet within the specified range for the first clutch position leads to the appearance of a second attractive force that brings the object and the uncoupled installation magnet to provide adhesion so that the resulting adhesion force is created to install the object on the device. The mounting magnet (s) can be positioned so as to facilitate the adhesion of the object and / or set an automatic sequence of stages of adhesion to create the resulting adhesion force (for example, as a result of the first stage of adhesion, an attractive force starts up the second stage of adhesion, etc. as a result of which the force that the user needs to exert to install the object after the start of the first stage of adhesion can be essentially zero). In addition, the mounting magnet (s) can be positioned, as mentioned above, to set the desired clutch order, to provide the desired result before the clutch (for example, the extension of the clutch member), or for other purposes described below.

In the embodiment of FIG. 1, an example is given of a conditional object 99, which occupies essentially one plane (P3) and, by its nature, reacts to magnetism (for example, the object has not been changed to fit with the installation device 10), and any part of the object 99 can interact with the first or the second positioning magnets 30, 40. In this embodiment, the first positioning magnet 30 and the second positioning magnet 40 may be located relative to the outer side 85 of the intermediate surface so that it can be the preferred target area for SETTING object 99. As described above, in this embodiment, the front surface of the mounting device 10 may be positioned substantially flush when the clutch member 14 is in the retracted position. Also, as described above, the clutch member 14 may protrude beyond the intermediate surface 12. Thus, in the embodiment of FIG. 1, due to the configuration of the installation device 10 and the object 99 (for example, essentially flat), the second installation magnet 40 can always be at least as close to the object to be installed (for example, object 99) as the first installation magnet 30, due to which the phased coupling of the object 99 (P3) can be predefined as P2, then P1, since P2 can be a moving plane (for example, after coupling between the object 99 and the second installation magnet 40, coupling between the object 99 and the first with a magnet 30). Similarly, in the embodiment of FIG. 1 phased disengagement can be predefined as P1 and then P2. It should be noted that these results are specific to the embodiment of FIG. 1 and object 99, since these predetermined results may not apply to objects of a non-standard shape or objects with several surfaces or planes, as will be described below with reference to further embodiments. In accordance with this approach or as a supplement, when the object 99 approaches the outer side 85 of the intermediate surface 12 (for example, the target installation area), at least one attractive force can arise between the object 99 and the first and / or second positioning magnets 30, 40, as a result of the proximity of the object 99, and the second mounting magnet 40 (for example, the mounting magnet that is movable) can move towards the installed object (object 99) as a result of the influence of the indicated attractive force (on for example, the second positioning magnet 40 may be pulled toward its outer limit position OL). In this way, the clutch member 14 can automatically extend and, therefore, the first clutch position can be set in one of two ways. The second positioning magnet 40 may be engaged with the object 99 to create a first engagement if the object 99 is closer to the intermediate surface 12 than the outer limit position OL of the second positioning magnet 40. Alternatively, the second positioning magnet 40 may reach its outer limit position OL and remain in it, while the clutch element 14 is held in an extended state by the force of attraction between the object 99 and the second mounting magnet 40 until the first clutch step is completed (for example, due to t moving the object 99 towards the device 10). Therefore, the range for the first clutch position (for example, for the first clutch step) can be set by the range between the outer limit position OL and the base limit position BL of the second positioning magnet 40. In any case, the first clutch position (for example, the first clutch step) can be set . As described above, in the first clutch position, the object 99 may be in a position that causes a second attractive force to be attracted which can attract the object 99 and the unlinked positioning magnet (in this case, the first positioning magnet 30) to each other so that the resulting clutch (for example, the second clutch step) can create the resulting clutch force for mounting the object 99 on the mounting device 10. Thus, the first and second mounting magnets 30, 40 of FIG. 1 can be arranged relative to each other so that the first adhesion step can start an automatic sequence of adhesion steps to produce the specified resulting adhesion force (one subsequent adhesion step in the embodiment of FIG. 1).

In FIG. 2 schematically shows an embodiment described with reference to FIG. 1, where the second positioning magnet 40 is movable and the first positioning magnet 30 has a fixed position. A second plane P2 (shown in the figure as a line) corresponding to the second setting magnet 40 which is supported by the clutch member 14 can move between its basic limit position BL and its outer limit position OL along the coupling line L _e. Since the object (for example, the object 99 of Fig. 1, which in the presented embodiment corresponds to the third plane P3) is located next to the installation device, and between the second installation magnet 40 of the clutch element 14 and the object 99, an attractive force has arisen, in this example, the clutch element 14 can be pulled toward object 99 in direction A, as shown in FIG. 2, so that the second positioning magnet 40 and, accordingly, the plane P2 can move until the object engages or until the second positioning magnet 40 reaches the outer limit position OL, and cannot move further in the direction A. FIG. 3 schematically shows the first coupling step between the object 99 and the second mounting magnet 40 of the clutch member 14, which is shown in the form of coincident planes P2 and P3. In this illustration (Fig. 2) a first stage of coupling is shown in the outer limit position OL second magnet positioning, but in this example, the first coupling step can occur at any point on the coupling line L _e between an outer limit position and the baseline OL limit position BL. After the first coupling step (P2, P3), the coupling element and the interface of the object 12 can be moved in the direction B. This movement in the direction B can be caused by the second magnetic attraction existing between the object 99 and the first positioning magnet 30. As an alternative or addition, the movement in the direction B can occur as a result of the application (or continuous application) by the user of the force to the object in the direction B. In FIG. 4 shows the result of the second magnetic attraction, where the first plane P1, the second plane P2, and the third plane P3 can substantially coincide and can be located next to the base limit position BL. At this point, the resulting adhesion force can exist between the installation device and the object, as a result of combining the adhesion forces between the first installation magnet 30 and the object 99, and between the second installation magnet 40 and the object 99, and this resulting adhesion force can serve to fix the object on the installation device in geared and installed configuration.

When an object is removed from the installation device, in some embodiments, the reverse process may occur. As shown in the embodiment of FIG. 1 shown in FIG. 2-4, a user applying a release force to the object can first overcome one of the adhesion forces (for example, the force between the object 99 and the first positioning magnet 30 of the first plane P1), and continued application of the force of disengagement can move the second positioning magnet 40 of the clutch member 14 (and the second plane P2, by moving the clutch member 14) and the object 99 (and the third plane P3) in the direction from the position shown in FIG. 4 to the position shown in FIG. 3. Further application of the uncoupling force can overcome the adhesion force between the object 99 and the second positioning magnet 40 of the second plane P2 in order to completely detach the object 99 (Fig. 2).

It should be noted that, although in the embodiment shown in FIG. 1-5, the clutch member 14 may move relative to the fixed intermediate surface 12, in other embodiments, the intermediate surface may be movable relative to the fixed clutch element, or both the intermediate surface and the clutch element may be movable relative to each other. Thus, in some embodiments, adhesion of the object to the intermediate surface may first occur, causing the object to come closer to the adhesion element, resulting in an attractive force between the object and the adhesion element. Regardless of the adhesion order, the corresponding adhesion forces associated with the adhesion element and the intermediate surface can thus interact to engage the object and create the resulting adhesion force between the installation device and the object. In addition, in order to detach the object, the disengagement force applied to the object can sequentially overcome the action of the corresponding adhesion forces between the intermediate surface and the adhesion element, and this disengagement force may be less than the resulting adhesion force, as noted above.

The installation device can also use a control force that can be applied to at least one of the movable installation magnets to control its movement and / or functionality. For example, with reference to FIG. 1, the mounting device 10 may also include a control component 60 configured to apply a control force. The control component 60 may be a magnet, that is, a material configured to respond to magnetism, or a component capable of creating a magnetic field (e.g., permanent magnet, electromagnet, programmable magnet, etc.). In other embodiments, the control component may consist of several control components configured to apply several control forces, where each corresponding control force can control the corresponding mounting magnet. In other embodiments, the control component may be a spring or other component, or a combination of components that exert a control force on a movable clutch element or a movable intermediate surface.

The control component may be configured to offset at least one of the mounting magnets, which is movable, from the object to be installed. For example, the control component 60 may bias the second positioning magnet 40 from the object 99 so that the clutch member 14 can be biased toward the retracted state. In this case, the term "control component" may refer to a holding force serving to hold the clutch member 14 so that the second positioning magnet 40 is substantially in the base limit position BL. Thus, in FIG. 1, the clutch member 14, when it is retracted, can be substantially flush with the intermediate surface 12, as described above, and the advantages of this approach will be described in more detail below (and also illustrated by other variants of the present invention).

As an alternative or addition, the control component may be configured to bias the movable mounting magnet toward the object to be installed. So in FIG. 1, the control component 60 can bias the mounting magnet 40 toward the object 99 so that the clutch 14 is appropriately biased toward the extended state, as illustrated and described in more detail with respect to other embodiments of the present invention.

In addition, the control component can be designed so that the control force is adjustable. In some embodiments, the control force may be physically controlled so that the control component (e.g., magnet, spring, etc.) moves toward or away from the movable mounting magnet (s). This can be done using, for example, a lever, handle, etc., located inside the installation device having a protruding part, which may be accessible to the user, for example, on one side of the external perimeter of the device. Alternatively, the control component may be movable within the device relative to the clutch line (for example, may be supported by a movable element, for example, similar to the clutch element). By moving the control component, it is possible to control the control force acting on the mounting magnet (magnets) (for example, increase or decrease the control force depending on the direction of movement) as the control component approaches or moves away from the movable installation magnet (magnets), which can result in a displacement movable magnet (s). In addition, the control component can also be physically adjustable, for example, by supporting a structure located inside the device, which can be rotated or rotated so that the control component can have a different orientation relative to the mounting magnet (s) (depending on how adjusted control component).

Thus, in some embodiments, the control component may, for example, be a magnet that generates a magnetic field (for example, with a north and south pole), which can be oriented with respect to the mounting magnet (s) so that the mounting magnet (s) is biased towards control component. In this embodiment, the control component can, for example, rely on a rotary structure inside the device that can be manipulated to rotate the control component 180 degrees so that the control component can be reversed with respect to the mounting magnet (s), resulting in an effective change in the control force the reverse and the offset of the installation magnet (magnets) from the control component.

For example, as shown in FIG. 1, the supporting surface 80 may be rotatable (for example, pivoting) and may thus have a protruding portion accessible to the user outside the housing 82 of the installation device 10 through an opening in the housing 82 so that the user and, accordingly, the control component 60 had access to the protruding portion to adjust the supporting surface 80. The control component 60 may be a rare earth magnet, and the supporting surface 80 may be rotated by the user 180 degrees to create essentially an opposite magnetic control force that can act on the second set magnet 40 (essentially the opposite with respect to the magnetic control force that could act on the second set magnet 40 until the support surface 80 rotates). Thus, as a result of the user's input, the clutch element 14 may partially or completely protrude above the surface of the installation device 10 or may partially or fully retract depending on the magnitude of the control force.

Alternatively, the control component may be adjusted by other means. In some embodiments, the control component may be an electromagnet, and the control force can be controlled by manipulating the magnitude of the electric current. Therefore, the control force can be gradually increased, gradually reduced, completely removed (for example, by stopping the supply of electric current to the electromagnet) or reversed (for example, by reversing the poles / polarity of the electromagnet) by manipulating the electric current with the electromagnet. In other embodiments, the control component may be a programmable magnet, and the corresponding first or second installation magnet may be suitably configured to interact with the programmable magnet. Therefore, in any case, the control component can be configured to move the clutch member (and / or in some embodiments the intermediate surface) between the retracted position and the extended position (for example, can be configured to move the movable mounting magnet (magnets) between the corresponding outer limit position and the corresponding base limit position) and / or the control component can hold the clutch element in the extended position (one possible extended point decomposition shown in Figure 5;. for example, the extended state). Accordingly, the control component can prescribe the first and / or second positioning magnets a specific position (and, accordingly, the intermediate surface and / or the clutch element) between the outer limit position OL and the base limit position BL before engaging with the object, and / or the control component can change (e.g. customize) the target installation area of the device. For example, in the embodiment of FIG. 1, the control component 60 may apply a control force to the second positioning magnet 40 (e.g., repulsive force) so that the clutch member 14 can be held in the extended position in the extended position (e.g., the second positioning magnet 40 is held in the outer limit position OL), which can effectively set the first clutch position (as described above) of the first clutch step, which occurs when the object 99 is installed. Similarly, the clutch member 14 (supporting the second mounting magnet 40 in the second plane P2) can be held in the extended position, for example, in the middle between the extended state and the retracted state (as shown in FIG. 2 by the second plane P2), thereby changing the appearance and / or the shape of the installation target area. Changing the appearance and / or shape of the installation target area on the installation device may be aesthetically preferable, can make the installation installation area more obvious to the user (making the installation device more intuitive), or can significantly adapt the installation installation area to the installation object (for example, adjusting the shape of the installed object or making the target installation area more consistent with the shape of the installed object). As mentioned above, the control component (or several control components) can be dynamically adjusted so as to set the corresponding fixing position of at least one of the mounting magnets capable of moving between the corresponding outer limit position and the corresponding base limit position. In some embodiments, such as those described below, the designation of the position (s) of fixation of the mounting magnet (s) may dictate the prescribed order of the steps to engage and / or detach the object. Accordingly, the object can achieve the resulting adhesion to the installation device in different ways (for example, engagement with P1, and then with P2 or engagement with P2, and then with P1) or it can engage with the installation device in different ways (for example, engagement with a large or fewer planes), as a result and depending on the adjustment (s) applied to the control force (s) using the control component (s). Also, the position (s) of fixation of the mounting magnets relative to each other can be dynamically organized by the control force (s) so that the second attractive force (which can be created as a result of the first coupling step in the first coupling position, as described above) occurs or does not occurred according to a prescription (for example, when an unlinked mounting magnet is or is not in the required proximity to the object after the first coupling step in the first coupling position has occurred to create a second force of attraction). Thus, the relative positions of the mounting magnets (and, accordingly, the relative positions of the movable clutch element and / or the intermediate surface), as determined by the adjustment (s) of the control force (s), can generate or block the execution of an automatic sequence of stages of adhesion, which creates the resulting adhesion force . If the automatic sequence of adhesion steps is previously excluded, the resulting adhesion force between the object and the installation device can still be created by continued application of the adhesion force to the object (e.g., continued movement of the object toward the installation device, for example, by the user) to install the object. It is also important to note that the adjustment (adjustment) of the control force (s) can be performed when the installation device is detached from the object (for example, is in a free state) or when the installation device is engaged with the object.

When an object is engaged (for example, mounted) with the installation device, the control force can be dynamically adjusted so as to improve the functionality of the installation device, to move the object and / or interact with the object, component or device associated with the object. For example, in FIG. 1, when the object 99 is mounted on the installation device 10 in such a way that the resulting adhesion force acts between the object 99 and the installation device, the control component 60 can be adjusted so that the control force (in this case, the attractive force) between the second installation magnet 40 and the control component 60 could be increased. An increase in control force can lead to an increase in the adhesion force of the second installation magnet 40 with the object 99 so that the resulting adhesion force between the object 99 and the installation device 10 is increased. An increase in the resulting adhesion force can cause the object 99 to be more firmly engaged with the installation device 10 (for example, reducing the likelihood of unintentionally detaching the object 99) and may lead to the fact that the object 99 will be more resistant to unintentional shock (for example, shocks, jumps, etc.), which, otherwise, could influence or displace the object 99 on the installation device 10. In addition, the control force can be gradually increased so that the resulting traction force is too large for the user to overcome it (using the usual and appropriate force) and detach the object 99. Thus, the object 99 can be effectively "locked" on the installation device until the control force is again adjusted (for example, reduced) to allow the user to father it object 99 from the mounting device 10.

Also, as shown in FIG. 1, the adhesion force between the first installation magnet 30 and the object 99, when the object 99 is mounted on the installation device 10, can significantly exceed the adhesion force between the second installation magnet 40 and the object 99, and the first uncoupling step (for example, disengaging the first installation magnet 30 and the object 99 in Fig. 1) requires the user to apply a significantly greater disengagement force than in the second disengagement step (for example, disengaging the second positioning magnet 40 and the object 99). In this case, to make it easier for the user to detach the object 99, the control force (applied by the control component 60) can be adjusted so that it biases the second positioning magnet 40 toward the outer limit position OL (for example, the repulsive force) and can be of sufficient magnitude to move the clutch element 14 and the object 99 outside the first plane P1 (and, accordingly, the intermediate surface 12) so that the first stage of disengagement can be performed by a control force (for example, partial disengagement ), Not the user. The user can then uncouple the object 99, overcoming the lower resulting adhesion force, for example, the adhesion force between the second mounting magnet 40 and the object 99 (for example, the second uncoupling step), in order to detach the object 99 from the setting device 10. In addition, the control force can be remotely controlled . Remote control of the control force can be performed, for example, in one of the following ways: due to the ability of the device to receive a wireless signal, radio frequencies, etc. transmitted by an external device to a receiving device that controls the control component; using a physical interface on a device configured to adjust a control force (for example, a button, touch interface, pen, lever, etc.) that is built into the open surface of the installation device or protrudes from the installation device, and which the user can manipulate, to get the desired effect; or by wiring with a device configured to connect a control component to a control interface (for example, a wall switch, volume control, etc.) so that it is possible to gradually control the magnitude of the impact of the control component and / or turn it on / off. Therefore, if the adhesion force of the second positioning magnet 40 (in the embodiment of FIG. 1) is not enough to maintain the weight of the object 99 alone (and the user needs to grab the object 99 during the second stage of uncoupling to prevent the object from unintentionally falling from the clutch element 14), this object can be tightly compressed by the user until the first stage of uncoupling (for example, when the object 99 is still fully engaged with the installation device 10), and the control force can be adjusted remotely so that the object 99 is removed after the most difficult stage of uncoupling using the clutch element 14, while the user holds the object 99 firmly to hold it and unhook it from the installation device 10. However, in some cases it may be desirable for the object to be detached from the installation device automatically (for example, it fell out ) when a control force is used to extract an object from a clutch element or an intermediate surface (for example, during the production of parts). Therefore, some embodiments may be modified to intentionally achieve such a result.

The extraction procedure described above can also be performed to allow manipulation of an object coupled to the installation device. As shown in FIG. 1, the second positioning magnet 40 can support the weight of the object 99 so that the object 99 can be removed from the intermediate surface 12 (as described above) and reposition (for example, rotate to obtain the desired orientation, twist, advance, etc.). After changing the position, the control force can again be adjusted so that the clutch element 14 moves to the retracted position, and the object 99 is again fully engaged with the installation device due to the resulting adhesion force. In other embodiments, a change in the position of an object may imply, inter alia, a tilt or other change in the angle of the object to the longitudinal, transverse or vertical axis, in which case the engagement element and / or the intermediate surface, which are movable, may remain extended as long as the need remains for an adjusted or adjustable position.

The adjustment of the control force with the help of the control component can also be used to re-designate the base limit position BL of the first and / or second movable mounting magnets (and, accordingly, the retracted state of the movable clutch element and / or intermediate surface), by using it as a limiting element devices. In addition, in some embodiments, the control component of the device may serve as a restrictive element without adjustment. As shown in FIG. 1, the control component 60 may be configured to bias the second positioning magnet 40 to the outer limit position OL using a control force (for example, a repulsive force interacting with the positioning magnet 40), and the control component 60 may be adjusted so that an increase occurs control power. The first positioning magnet 30 may apply an attractive force to the object 99 that is greater than the bias of the control force in the outer limit position OL of the second positioning magnet 40. Thus, when the object 99 is engaged with the clutch element 14 (which may be in the extended position — for example, in the extended position the state of Fig. 5 - before coupling, due to the displacement of the control force on the second installation magnet 40), the attraction of the object 99 to the first installation magnet 30 can move the object 99 and the second installation magnet 40 in a hundred ONU manager component 60, until the position is reached in which the force of attraction between the first mounting magnet 30 and the object 99 is substantially equivalent to the repulsive force between the control component 60 and the second adjusting magnet 40, thereby limiting movement of the second mounting magnet 40 along the coupling line L _e and effectively re-determining the base limit position BL of the second positioning magnet 40 and, accordingly, limiting the resulting adhesion force (for example, relative to the resulting the traction force characteristic of the configuration of the installation device 10 to adjust the control force) between the object 99 and the installation device 10.

In addition to the functions that can be used by the control component (s) of the invention described above, in some embodiments similar to the embodiment of FIG. 1, additional control components 60 (group 1) can rely on the inner surface of the protrusion 98 of the clutch element 14, which can be configured to interact with the first mounting magnet 30 of the intermediate surface 12 (or can be configured to interact with additional control components 60 ( group 2), based on the guide surface 96 of the intermediate surface 12) so that the friction force between the clutch element 14 and the guide surface 96 of the intermediate surface rhnosti 12 could be limited (e.g., reduced) or eliminated when moving clutch member 14 between a retracted state and an extended state. The interaction mentioned above can result in substantially opposite magnetic forces of group 1 and the installation magnet 30 (or group 1 and group 2), which repel each other and effectively serve to create repulsive forces between the protruding part 98 of the clutch element 14 and the guide surface 96 of the intermediate element 12.

In addition, the control component can be designed so that the action of the control force can be stopped. The elimination of the control force may imply its adjustment in such a way as to reduce its value until it is completely stopped. In other embodiments, the control force can be eliminated by physically removing, repositioning, or locking the control component. To do this, you can use a movable rod, tape, plate, etc., to which the control component is attached and which can be inserted and removed from the device, or this result can be achieved by providing access to the device for the blocking component (for example, magnetic shielding component) that can be inserted to block or otherwise terminate the control force.

In addition, the control component can be designed so that the clutch element is automatically removed after the object is detached from the device. As shown in FIG. 1, the control component 60 can bias the clutch member 14 to the retracted position by applying a control force (eg, attractive force) to the second setting magnet 40. The control force can be sufficient to bias the second setting magnet 40 toward the base limit position BL when the second the mounting magnet 40 is in the outer limit position OL (for example, when the clutch member 14 is in the extended state). Thus, the installation device 10 may have an uncoupled (eg, free) configuration when no object is engaged with the installation device 10, the clutch element 14 may be in the retracted state (and the second installation magnet 40 may be in the base limit position BL). Therefore, the clutch member 14 can be automatically removed by the control force exerted by the control component 60 when the object 99 is detached from the installation device 10 when the installation device 10 is returned to the detached (eg, free) configuration.

In other embodiments, to improve the perception of the object by the user, additional components or devices can be provided (which can be used in conjunction with the installation device, be attached to or integrated into it). For example, in some embodiments, at least one short-range wireless data device that can rest on an intermediate surface or clutch can be positioned near the target installation area (for example, near the installation surface where the object will be installed). The specified device for wireless data transmission can exchange data wirelessly with an electronic device placed next to it, and this can happen when the object is fully coupled to the device, and cannot be done when the object is partially or completely disconnected from the device. For example, in the embodiment of FIG. 1, a wireless data transmission device (not shown) mounted on the inner side 86 of the intermediate surface 12 can be provided, and the object 99 can be an attached mobile phone (not shown) that can exchange data with the specified wireless data transmission device of the installation device 10, when the object 99 is fully engaged with the device 10. Therefore, the control force created by the control component 60 can be adjusted to retrieve the object 99 and the mobile phone and from the intermediate surface 12 to a distance from the wireless data transfer to stop the exchange of data between them. The control force can also be adjusted so that the clutch element 14 is moved to the retracted state, and the object 99 is again fully engaged with the installation device 10, so that the mobile phone can again communicate with the wireless data device based on the inner surface 86 of the intermediate surface 12.

In addition, some embodiments may include at least one wireless charger supported on an intermediate surface or clutch member. This wireless charger can be supported by an intermediate surface and can wirelessly charge an electronic device brought to the wireless charger. In this regard, the receiving component (e.g., a receiving device configured to receive a signal of a wireless charger) may be any component of an object (e.g., integrated or otherwise attached to the object) configured to be charged and / or recharged (e.g., rechargeable battery or accumulator) for use as a power source for an object. The charging range may be a range of distances within which the wireless charger can (for example, remotely) charge the receiving component. The embodiment of FIG. 1 may include a wireless charger (not shown) supported on the inner side 86 of the intermediate surface 12, and the object 99 may be an attached mobile phone (not shown), where the engagement of the object 99 with the installation device 10 may lead to wireless charging mobile phone using a wireless charger supported by the intermediate surface 12.

In other embodiments of the invention, at least one connecting interface may be provided on the first and / or second planes (for example, planes P1, P2 shown in FIG. 1). The connection interface can be any interface between an object and any other component or device (which in some cases may be similar or similar to an embodiment of the installation device), with which you can make a connection. For example, in some cases, the connecting interface may be an electrical connector configured to connect an object or its component to a source of electrical energy (for example, to a source of electrical energy in a mounting surface).

Various embodiments of the invention can be made in such a way that at least one of the installation magnets can insert a part of the object to be installed. The insertion of part of the installed object may include constructive support of the object, restricting the movement of the object in one direction along one axis relative to the installation device and / or at least partial support of the weight of the object. In the embodiment of FIG. 1, object 99 can define a third plane P3, which can be a conditional plane, so that object 99 can be defined by a curved surface and, accordingly, a depth d _o . Alternatively or in addition, the object 99 can set the depth d _o using several mating surfaces (for example, surfaces that respond to magnetism and can be attached to a mounting device) that can be spaced apart from each other, and the mating surfaces can be connected with a protrusion so that the object 99 is similar to the object 99a of FIG. 5. The depth d _o may be less than the depth d _a corresponding to the distance between the first plane P1 and the second plane P2, when each of the respective mounting magnets are in their respective outer limit position OL (shown in Fig. 5). Therefore, the clutch member 14 of the installation device 10 of FIG. 1 can be configured to insert an object 99a into it (in this example also a conditional object that, by its nature, responds to magnetism) by coupling the protruding part 76 of the object (through a hole 78 on the surface of the object 99a), at least with the segment of the protruding part 98 of the clutch 14. The protruding part 98 may be configured to support at least a portion of the weight of the object 99a, and the engagement of the object 99a with the segment of the protruding part 98 may limit the movement of the object 99a along one d axis relative to the mounting device 10, which may allow a more stable entity 99a and / or fixed relative to a substantially flat object 99 mounted on the mounting device 10 in a similar manner. Therefore, the strength of the first positioning magnet 30 and the strength of the second positioning magnet 40, and therefore the resulting adhesion force, may be less than the forces of the positioning magnets and the resulting adhesion force needed to support the object 99. Thus, to achieve essentially the same The result (for example, weight support, stability, reliability, etc.) can be used smaller and / or less strong magnets, since the role and importance of the installation magnets can be changed so as to create a holding force (for example, the resulting adhesion force), suitable only for connection, and not for full support of the weight of the object and / or its reliable fixation. Moreover, smaller and / or less powerful magnets can be less expensive to manufacture and purchase, which can also be an added advantage. In addition, restricting the movement of the object 99a in one direction along the same axis can protect the object 99a from being unintentionally disconnected (for example, as a result of unintentional jumps, shocks, vibrations, or other types of shock / tearing forces that may affect the object), and may be required, so that any unintentionally uncoupling force is maintained by the adhesion forces corresponding to the various stages of uncoupling to completely disengage the object 99a. Thus, even an unintentionally occurring uncoupling force that is powerful enough to overcome one adhesion force (for example, the adhesion force between the first positioning magnet 30 and the object 99a in the first plane P1) can be significantly reduced, or can cause the object to lose dynamics, and the next adhesion force (for example, the adhesion force between the second mounting magnet 40 and the object 99a in the second plane P2) will not be overcome. In addition, the options for creating an automatic sequence of stages of adhesion (described above) can effectively change the direction of movement of the object caused by an unintentionally occurring disengagement force (if this force is not enough to overcome all stages of disengagement), which allows you to automatically re-engage the object (without external influences ) to restore the resulting traction between the object and the installation device.

As stated above and as shown in FIG. 5, object 99a has several adherence surfaces spaced apart from each other so that the distance between the surfaces corresponds to depth. The engagement of the mounting device 10 (shown in FIG. 1) with an object of this type can occur similarly to the stepwise engagement process described previously with the object 99 of FIG. 1 (for example, the clutch member 14 can be pulled out when the object 99a approaches, the second mounting magnet 40 can be the first to engage with the object 99a, and the first mounting magnet 30 can pull the object 99a toward the setting device 10 for full engagement; for example, phased engagement in the P2 order , P1). Alternatively, depending on factors such as the strength of the mounting magnets (30, 40), the depth d _{o of the} object 99a, as well as the type and magnitude of the control force applied by the control component, approaching the object 99a can lead to its attraction to the first installation magnet 30, which engages first with the object 99a (the first engagement step), and the engagement member 14 can then or simultaneously extend toward the object 99a and can engage with it last (the second engagement step) to create the resulting engagement force ( gradual clutch in the order of P1, P2).

The distance between the outer limit positions OL of the first and second positioning magnets can set the depth d _a . As shown in FIG. 5, the depth d _a may be greater than the depth d _o , as a result of which the object 99a can be engaged with the installation device 10 by performing successive engagement steps, as described above. Thus, the object 99a can be removed from the installation device 10 when performing successive uncoupling steps. In the embodiment of FIG. 5, regardless of the order in which the clutch steps are performed (e.g., P1, then P2 or P2, and then P1) if the depth of the object 99a (d _o ) is less than the depth between the outer limit positions OL of the second positioning magnet 40 and the first positioning magnet 30 (d _a), the clutch member 14 may automatically adapt to the depth of the object 99a when the second (in this case) coupling stage of the installation process (e.g., clutch member 14 may first engage with the object 99a and retracts during the second phase of the clutch or clutch member m Jet nominated for the second stage of coupling with the object 99a) and the object 99a can be disengaged from the mounting device 10 in several stages. However, it is important to note that if d _{o is} greater than d _a , then the second positioning magnet 40 may remain coupled to the object 99a (for example, due to magnetic coupling, if not physical coupling) depending on the shape of the object 99a so that the force the clutch between the second positioning magnet 40 and the object 99a contributed to the resulting adhesion force (for example, increasing the resulting adhesion force), and, therefore, facilitated the installation of the object 99a (the second positioning magnet 40 and its corresponding n adhesion and bonding strength still play the same roles in the process of installation, even if no physical coupling with the object, although the force of the second adjusting magnet coupling 40 can have a smaller size), but the benefits of phase disengagement can not be used (e.g., if d _o longer d _a, object 99a may not detach from installation device 10 in stages).

In addition, the installation device 10 of FIG. 1 may be configured such that the clutch member 14 is substantially flush with the intermediate surface 12 (as mentioned above). This approach may be preferable from the point of view of mounting an object, for example, object 99a, since the outer surface of the object 99a (i.e., the surface closer to the installation device 10) can be initially biased relative to the clutch element 14 when it is engaged with the intermediate surface 12. In this case, the user can slide the object 99a across the flat surface of the installation device 10, and when the clutch element 14 is exactly aligned with the hole 78 in the surface of the object, the element with The heater 14 can automatically extend for engagement with the object 99a due to the attractive force acting between the second positioning magnet 40 and the object 99a (namely, the surface of the object 99a farthest from the installation device 10), which will no longer be blocked by the outer surface of the object 99a ( for example, a surface located closer to the installation device 10, as noted above). Thus, the object 99a may be easier to install on the installation device 10, or the object 99a can be installed with less accuracy than would be the case when the user first needs to correctly align the object 99a to install it.

In addition, if d _{o is} less than d _a (as described above), the clutch member 14 may, upon engagement of the object 99a, be configured to provide audible feedback (eg, click, signal or other sound) that can notify that the object 99a is fully engaged installation device 10. Development of audible feedback may include selecting material for the front side 88 of the clutch member 14 providing such feedback during engagement with another surface, or may include mounting on the front side 88 a clutch element 14 of the sensor, which can be attached to a sound device (for example, a small speaker) inside the installation device 10.

Also, the installation device 10 can be designed so that the object can be correctly aligned with the device prior to engagement. In this case, the clutch element and / or the intermediate surface can bias the installed object in a predetermined installation orientation until it engages with the device, which will be shown and discussed in more detail below by the example of other embodiments of the present invention.

In FIG. 6A shows another embodiment similar to the embodiment of FIG. 1, but containing additional components and modifications that improve the adaptability and functionality of the device 10. The embodiment depicted in FIG. 6A may also support the first mounting magnet 30 (consisting of six magnets) in the first plane using the intermediate surface 12, and may support the second mounting magnet 40 in the second plane using the front side 88 of the clutch element 14, and only the second mounting magnet may be movable magnet 40 (and, accordingly, the clutch element 14). However, in this embodiment, the magnets 30 can be supported by a fixed intermediate surface 12 with support protrusions 83 protruding from the inner side 86 of the intermediate surface 12, and can be hollow for inserting magnets 30 into them and supporting them in the intermediate surface 12. As well as and in the embodiment of FIG. 1, in the embodiment of FIG. 6A, a portion of the intermediate surface 12 may have an opening 94 configured to accommodate at least a first segment (which in this case may be the first segment 98 'of the protruding part 98) of the clutch 14 so as to substantially align the clutch line L _e with respect to the center the X axis of the clutch member 14 when moving the clutch member 14 between the extended and retracted positions. However, as shown in FIG. 6A, the intermediate surface 12 of the installation device 10 may also include a chamber 90, which may protrude above a part of the intermediate surface, which may include a hole 94 and contact with the inner side 84 of the supporting surface 80, and the chamber 90 may be configured to insert a second segment the clutch element 14 (in this case, the second segment 98 ″ of the protruding part 98, which may protrude beyond the bounding element 50 formed by the protruding outward part 98) due to the clutch the second segment 98 ″ with the inner surface 92 of the camera 90. Adding this component (camera 90) can improve the adaptability and functionality of the installation device 10, since the second installation magnet 40 may not be limited by the base limit position BL, which will ensure that the contact of the protruding part 98 clutch member 14 with the guide surface 96 of the intermediate surface 12 to maintain coupling line L _e aligned along the central axis X (which may be required in the setting unit 10 from FIG. one). This may occur, in fact, since the camera 90 (made, as mentioned above) can also align L _e clutch line along the central axis X clutch member 14 via its coupling to the second segment 98 '' of coupling member 14. Thus, the clutch member 14 can be made (for example, modified in comparison with the embodiment of Fig. 1) so that the contact area of the second segment 98 ″ and the inner surface 92 of the chamber 90 is increased, which can further increase the stability of the clutch element 14 in the center Flax axis X and clutch line L _e. The contact area can be increased by extending the second segment 98 ″ of the protruding part 98 to the front side 88 of the clutch element 14 (and, thus, changing the position of the restriction element 50), which can, in turn, affect the outer limit position OL of the second mounting magnet 40 in the absence of other changes regarding the outer limit position OL, or the contact area can be increased by extending the second segment 98 ″ of the protruding part 98 from the front side 88, which may, in turn, refer to the basic limit position BL of the second installation magnet 40 in the absence of other changes regarding the basic limit position BL. Depending on the dimensions chosen for the length of the first and second segments 98 ′, 98 ″ relative to the length of the chamber 90, the total length of the clutch member 14 may be less than the length of the chamber (as shown in Fig. 6B). Thus, as shown, the camera 90 can set the first depth, and the clutch element 14 can set the second depth, and the first depth is greater than the second depth (which in other embodiments may correspond to the thickness of the plate in which the hole is formed).

As shown in FIG. 6B, since the camera 90 may keep clutch member in correct alignment with the coupling line L _e, as previously described, and may have a depth greater than the depth of the clutch member 14, as mentioned above, primary limit position BL second mounting magnet 40 may be inside the mounting device 10 (for example, between the intermediate surface 12 and the supporting surface 80) so that the clutch element 14 can move along and inside the chamber 90. Therefore, the second mounting magnet 40 can be moved beyond l of the intermediate surface 12 in the direction from the object to be installed (for example, the clutch element 14 can be removed), and the inner side 84 of the supporting surface 80 can act as a restrictive element (as described above with reference to the variant of Fig. 1) and can define the base limit position BL of the second installation magnet 40 (and, accordingly, the retracted position of the clutch element 14).

In FIG. 6C shows the described embodiment of the device 10 in the retracted position and, accordingly, the base limit position BL of the second positioning magnet 40 is shown. FIG. 6C also shows that when the clutch member 14 is in the retracted position, the portion of the chamber furthest from the base limit position BL can be aligned with the bore 94 of the intermediate surface to form the socket 91. Thus, the intermediate surface 12 can be configured to insertion into it of a part of an installed object (for example, a part of an object having a suitable shape, or an object interface configured to be installed in socket 91).

Accordingly, the embodiment shown in FIG. 6A may have a surface that is “covered” (for example, with the extended clutch member 14) or “covered” (for example, with the clutch element 14 retracted) for the object to be installed, and accordingly, the installation device 10 of FIG. 6A may be capable of engaging with objects having a male or female configuration. In addition, the installation device 10 may be adaptable between male or female configurations depending on the configuration of the installed object (for example, the installation device 10 may adapt to the shape of the installed object). Moreover, a device 10 having a male configuration in an unengaged (e.g., free) state, for example, a mounting device 10, in which the clutch member 14, when not in use, is held in the extended state by a control force exerted by the control component 60 to the second mounting magnet 40 , can be adapted to engage with the installed object with the same configuration (for example, covered) by removing the clutch element 14 when engaged with the object during installation. Similarly, a device 10 with a female configuration in an uncoupled (e.g., free) state, for example, in which the clutch member 14 is held in the unlocked state by the control force exerted by the control component 60 to the second positioning magnet 40, can adapt to engage with the object to be mounted with the same configuration (for example, encompassing) by extending the clutch member 14 when engaged with the object during installation.

As noted above, the embodiment depicted in FIG. 6A can be quite universal, and different configurations of this option (including similar and dissimilar configurations) can be used in combination with each other in the contexts of installation and non-installation (for example, attachment) in each application.

As described previously, at least one of the installation magnets may be configured to insert part of an object to be installed therein. The movement of a part of the object to be installed in the intermediate surface and / or the clutch element can also provide structural support for the object, can facilitate the alignment of the object relative to the installation device, and / or can direct the object, or combinations of these effects. For example, the intermediate surface 12 can support at least a portion of the weight of the object. In the embodiment of FIG. 6A, the object can be inserted into the hole 94 in the intermediate surface 12 (i.e., the first mounting magnet 30), while inserting part of the object, the intermediate surface 12 can provide constructive support for the object, facilitate its alignment with the installation device 10 and / or guide grip of the object (as noted above).

In some embodiments, structural support for the object may also include restricting the movement of the object along one axis relative to the installation device 10 when a tensile or disengaging force is applied to the object. For example, a clutch member and / or an intermediate surface may limit the movement of an object along a single axis when a detaching force is applied. In other words, the positioning device 10 may be configured to resist unintended disengaging object and / or the interface of the object from the mounting device, for example in case of accidental impact or shock (force having a transverse component of direction relative to the clutch line L _e). For example, the force exerted on the installation device 10 at a downward angle can be counteracted by the structural support provided by the clutch element 14 and / or the intermediate surface 12, while only the disengagement force applied in one direction along one axis will work to detach the object , i.e. the central axis X of the clutch member as shown in FIG. 6A (e.g., tearing or pulling an object from a mounting device).

As shown in FIG. 6A, it can be noted that the first segment 98 ′ of the clutch member 14 may have a different width (diameter in the case of the depicted cylindrical configuration) compared to the second segment 98 ″. In some cases, for example, the first segment 98 'may be narrower than the second segment 98 ". In this regard, the width (diameter) of the bore 94 may correspond to the width of the first segment 98 'and thus may be less than the width of the second segment 98 ″ of the engagement member 14, and the second segment 98 ″ may be too large to pass through the bore 94 and may serve to limit the movement of the clutch element 14 from the supporting surface 80 due to the contact of the restrictive element 50 with the inner side 86 of the intermediate surface 12. Thus, the width of the second segment 98 '' (configuration of the restrictive element 50) may relate to but the depth of the first segment 98 ', define the outer limit position of the second mounting OL magnet 40 (and, accordingly, extended position clutch member 14).

The installation device can be designed so that the target area of the installation is essentially flush. Designing the mounting device so that the target mounting area (primary mounting surface) is substantially flush may have advantages for many reasons. A flat surface can be aesthetically pleasing. A flat surface can allow certain movements of the object before grip (for example, sliding, etc.), which can help self-leveling, grip, or make the installation process as a whole easier or more enjoyable for the user. In addition, a flat front side may leave the component (s) of the installation device removed when not in use to avoid snagging, bumping, or other unintentional contact with the component (s). In addition, a flat configuration can serve to prevent dirt from entering the installation device so that the components of the device continue to function properly. In particular, the movable clutch element and / or the intermediate surface may have advantages from a flat outer side, since he (or they) in this case will be less likely to get dirt and dust compared to a configuration where he (they) may remain prone to contamination, for example, in a detached (unused) state. Accordingly, a flat surface can be obtained in many ways, depending on the configuration of the installation device, and generally involves arranging the components of the installation device so that several planes and / or surfaces of the device can be aligned with each other.

In embodiments in which the first positioning magnet 30 is movable and the second positioning magnet 40 is in a fixed position, for example, the first positioning magnet can be configured such that the base limit position BL substantially coincides with the second plane. Similarly, the first positioning magnet 30 may be configured such that its outer limit position OL of the first positioning magnet 30 substantially coincides with the second plane. Moreover, in some embodiments, where the first positioning magnet and the second positioning magnet are movable, the respective base limit positions BL of the first positioning magnet 30 and the second positioning magnet 40 may be substantially in the same plane. Moreover, the outer limit position OL of the first positioning magnet 30 and the base limit position BL of the second positioning magnet 40 may be substantially in the same plane.

As described above, there are many different configurations for creating an installation device. In some cases, for example, in the embodiment of FIG. 1, an object 99, which can be coupled to an installation device, can have a simple structure, for example, one surface, which by its nature reacts to magnetism. In other cases, an object (such as object 99a of FIG. 5) may have a depth d _o corresponding to the distance between two surfaces or the depth given by the curved surface of the object. As shown in the figures, variants of the installation device may include matching with and engaging with the object (the same for object 99 and object 99a) without being specially adapted for a particular object. And in some cases, variants of the installation device can also manipulate the object and / or provide additional functionality without being specially adapted to a specific object. In addition, the devices of the invention (which may turn out to be even more useful) can be structurally adapted for a specific object or for a specific shape of the object.

Moreover, a significant expansion of functionality can be achieved by simultaneously adapting the design of the installation device and the interface of the object to each other so that they can interact in a more predictable and expected way. Such a system may interact prior to engagement, during engagement and / or after engagement. For example, in FIG. 7A and 7B, a system 200 is provided that includes an installation device 210, the same as the embodiments of the installation device 10 described above. The system 200 may also include an object interface 220 configured to attach to an object (not shown) installed on the installation device 210.

The mounting device 210 may have an intermediate surface 212 configured to respond to magnetism, and a clutch member 214 configured to respond to magnetism (as described above). The intermediate surface 212 can be configured to respond to magnetism by placing a first mounting magnet 230 (consisting of six magnets 230) on it in the first plane P1, and the clutch member can be configured to respond to magnetism by placing on it in the second the plane P2 of the second installation magnet 240 (consisting of one magnet 240). Thus, the intermediate surface 212 can define the first plane P1, and the coupling element 214 can define the second plane P2. Clutch member 214 can move along the coupling line L _e, intersecting with the first plane P1 as described above.

As for the interface 220 of the object, the third installation magnet can be supported in a third plane and can be configured to attach to the installed object to modify the object to match it with the first and / or second installation magnets. Also, the third installation magnet may consist of several magnets. Moreover, several third mounting magnets may be located in several third planes. Thus, the object interface 220 may include a central surface 226 of the object, configured to respond to magnetism due to the presence of a third installation magnet 241 (consisting of one magnet) in a third plane P3 (in this embodiment, one of a plurality of third planes), and may have an auxiliary surface 224 for the object, located at a distance from the central surface of the object and responsive to magnetism due to the presence of the third installation magnet 231, consisting of eight magnets, in the fourth plane P4 (another of several third planes, as noted above). The central surface 226 of the object can be adapted to fit with the engagement member 214 and / or the intermediate surface 212. In the embodiment of FIG. 7A, the central surface 226 of the object can define a third plane P3, and the auxiliary surface 224 for the object can define a fourth plane P4 (as noted above, the fourth plane is one of a plurality of third planes). The distance between the third and fourth planes P3, P4 can set the depth d _{o the} interface of the object. The clutch member 214 and / or the intermediate surface 212 of the mounting device 210 may be configured to move between the corresponding outer limit position OL and the corresponding base limit position BL. Thus, when the movable clutch member 214 and / or the intermediate surface 212 (in this embodiment, the clutch member 214) are in the outer limit position OL, the distance between the first and second planes P1, P2 can specify the depth d _{a of} engagement with the device. So, the interface 220 of the object can be made so that the depth d _{o the} interface of the object and the depth d _{a of} coupling with the device have different values. In accordance with this approach or as an addition, the mounting device 210 can engage with the object interface 220 due to the corresponding adhesion forces associated with the adhesion element 214 and the intermediate surface 212 so that the total adhesion force gradually increases until it reaches the level of the resulting force, allowing you to install the object on the installation surface. Moreover, the depth d _{o of} the object interface can be selected so that a disengagement force, which is less than the resulting adhesion force and acts on the installed object connected to the object interface 220, provides for the phased disengagement of the object interface 220 from the installation device 210 by gradually overcoming the action corresponding adhesion forces acting on the clutch element 214 and the intermediate surface 212.

As noted above, the installation device 210 shown in FIG. 7A, as part of a system 200, may be coupled in various ways. In FIG. 7A shows an object interface 220 for mounting an object on an installation device 210 that is adapted to fit with an opening 294 in the intermediate surface 212 and, in accordance with this approach or as an addition, with the front side 288 of the clutch member 214. As explained above, the installation device 210 may act as male and / or female by moving clutch member 214 between two limit positions. Since in this embodiment, the object interface 220 can set its depth d _o in the male configuration (for example, the central surface 226 of the object can be inserted into the installation device 210), the device 210 can be configured accordingly by configuring the outer limit position OL and limit position of the base BL of coupling member 214 so that the depth d _a clutch device has a smaller depth d _o object interface. As noted above, the depth of adhesion d _a can be set by the distance between the first and second planes P1, P2 when the clutch member 214 (and, accordingly, the second positioning magnet 240) is in the outer limit position OL, and the depth d _{o of} the object interface can be set by the distance between the third planes, which in this case can correspond to the distance between the third and fourth planes P3, P4. By selecting the depth d _a coupling with a device smaller than the depth d _o object interface when the apparatus 210 can be inserted into part of the interface 220 of the object (e.g., when the interface 220 of the object is in general covered) between the central surface 226 of the object and the clutch member 214 can grip should be provided. In addition, to provide adhesion between the intermediate surface 212 and the secondary surface of the object 224 (and, therefore, to create the resulting traction force), the base limit position BL of the clutch member 214 can be selected so that the distance between the first and second planes P1, P2 is more than the depth d _{o of} the object interface when the clutch member 214 is in the base limit position. Thus, the implementation of the system 200, as shown in FIG. 7A and as described above, can facilitate the adhesion of the object interface 220 to the installation device 210 by creating the resulting adhesion force to install the object on the installation surface.

When the system is configured in this way, the interface of the object 220 with the installation device 210 in the system 200 can be coupled in two ways, in both cases in several stages. The proximity of the object interface 220 to the target installation area (as described above) of the installation device 210 can create a first attractive force between the object interface 220 and the installation device 210. The first attractive force can pull the clutch 214 to the central surface 226 of the object in such a way that in the first step the clutch between the object interface 220 and the installation device 210, the second installation magnet 240 in the second plane P2 is engaged with the third installation magnet 241 in the third plane P3. As a result, after the first coupling step, the proximity of the third positioning magnet 231 (the second of the totality of the third positioning magnets, as noted above) in the fourth plane P4 to the first positioning magnet 230 in the first plane P1 can create a second attractive force between the auxiliary surface 224 and the intermediate surface 212, and the third mounting magnet 231 will connect to the first mounting magnet 230, performing the second coupling step and creating the resulting coupling force, providing the installation of the interface 2 20 of the object to the installation device 210 and, accordingly, the installation of the object on the installation surface. Alternatively, approaching the object interface 220 to the installation target area of the installation device 210 may create a first attractive force between the third installation magnet 231 in the fourth plane P4 and the first installation magnet 230 in the first plane P1. The first attractive force can pull the auxiliary surface 224 of the object to the intermediate surface 212 so that between the third positioning magnet 231 and the first positioning magnet 230, adhesion occurs as a first step. As a result, after the first coupling step, the proximity of the third mounting magnet 241 in the third plane P3 to the second mounting magnet 240 in the second plane P2 can pull the clutch member 214 to the central surface 226 of the object, and the second mounting magnet 240 is connected to the third mounting magnet 241 by performing the second coupling step and creating the resulting adhesion force, providing the installation of the interface 220 of the object on the installation device 210 and, accordingly, the installation of the object on the installation surface.

It is also important to note that with reference to the system 200 of FIG. 7A, the front side 222 of the center surface 226 of the object can engage with the front side 288 of the clutch member 214 in the first clutch step when the clutch member 214 is pulled out from the intermediate surface 212 of the mounting device 210 (for example, joining male parts), in which case the clutch member 214 can be removed beyond the intermediate surface 212 toward the supporting surface 280, so that the second step of adhesion between the intermediate surface 212 and the auxiliary surface 224 of the object can take place. In addition, the clutch member 214 may be substantially flush with the intermediate surface 212 in a disengaged (e.g., unused) state (which may occur as a result of the application of a control force by the control component 260, which may shift the clutch member 214 from the control component 260 towards the outside limit position OL, in which the first plane P1 and the second plane P2 substantially coincide). In this configuration, to perform the first coupling step, the object interface 220 depicted in FIG. 7A can engage with the clutch member 214 through the front side 222 of the central surface of the object, and the proximity of the secondary surface 224 of the object to the intermediate surface 212 can cause an attractive force between the secondary surface 224 of the object and the intermediate surface 212, which is greater than the control force exerted by the control component 260 to the clutch member 214 so that the clutch member 214 can be effectively advanced to a retracted position beyond the intermediate surface 212 and into the installation chamber 290 oystva 210, which may allow to execute the second phase of the clutch due to the resulting adhesive force which secures the interface object 220 to the mounting device 210, and, accordingly, set the object to a mounting surface.

Another embodiment of system 200 is shown in FIG. 7B, where the installation device 210 of the system 200 is depicted in an extended position relative to the object interface 220, which can act as a female element of the system 200. The installation device 210 can be made relative to the female object interface 220 shown in FIG. 7B, as follows. The outer limit position OL of the clutch member 214 can be selected so that the clutch depth d _{a is} greater than the object interface depth d _o to provide adhesion between the second clutch magnet 214 of the clutch 214 and the third magnet 241 of the central surface of the object during installation. In addition, the basic limit position of the clutch member 214 can be made taking into account the depth d _{o of} the object interface and the forces of the second installation magnet 240 and the third installation magnet 241 depending on the preferred configuration for installation device 210. If the preferred configuration does not require depth between the intermediate surface 212 and the clutch member 214 when the clutch member is removed (for example, if the installation device 210 does not need to universally serve in both the male and female configuration iguration), then the base limit position BL can provide such a distance between the first plane P1 and the second plane P2 that is less than the depth d _{o of} the object interface when the clutch element is in the base limit position. If the female-male-female configuration is preferred for the installation device 210 (for example, when the interior of the installation device 210 defines a depth at which the engagement member is in the base limit position BL and the engagement member 214 protrudes from the intermediate surface 212 while being in the outer limit position OL), the base limit position BL of the clutch member 214 can be selected taking into account the forces of the first installation magnet 240 and the third installation magnet 241 and taking into account the required degree of proximity between the respective mounting magnets to create an attractive force capable of moving the second mounting magnet 240 toward the third mounting magnet 241 during installation.

The phased coupling of the object interface 220 shown in FIG. 7B can occur essentially in the same order in which the respective planes of the system 200 are activated, as shown in FIG. 7A and described with reference to FIG. 7A (e.g., P2, P3, and then P1, P4; or P1, P4, and then P2, P3). However, instead of the front side 222 of the central surface 226 of the object pulled into the installation device 210 through the hole 294 in the intermediate surface 212, the clutch member 214 (see FIG. 7B) can be pulled into the cavity 275 of the central surface 226 of the object to perform step P1, P3.

The stepwise disengagement process may also be performed in various ways, depending on the configuration of the mounting device 210. In FIG. 7A, the disengaging force acting on the installed object is less than the resulting adhesion force and can detach the object’s auxiliary surface 224 from the intermediate surface 212 in the first disengaging step. Before and during the first disengagement step, the clutch member 214 may move away from the abutment surface 280, but may still remain engaged with the central surface 226 of the object interface object. Therefore, after completion of the first stage of disengagement, the continued use of the disengaging force can continue to move the clutch member 214 until it reaches the outer limit position OL. In the outer limit position, the central surface 226 of the object and the clutch member 214 may disengage during the second stage of disengagement. Thus, a user who can apply a disengaging force to an object mounted on the mounting device 210 may need to apply only a disengaging force sufficient to overcome the first disengaging step. Each subsequent coupling step may require overcoming a greater or lesser force than the first uncoupling step, however, each subsequent coupling step may be less than the resulting adhesion force, and the object can be detached more smoothly by dividing the resulting adhesion force into several detachment stages, and this process is more simple and enjoyable for the user.

Disengaging the system 210 of FIG. 7B can be performed essentially in the same order. In both systems described with reference to FIG. 7A-7B, the points at which detachment steps will be performed will depend on the location of the outer limit position OL of the clutch member 214. The first detachment step may be performed inside the installation device 210 between the central surface 226 of the object and the clutch member 214 if the outer limit position of the clutch member 214 (and, accordingly, the second positioning magnet 240) shown in FIG. 7A is between the supporting surface 280 and the intermediate surface 212.

As shown in FIG. 7A-7C and as described above, the relative depths of the object interface 220 and the installation device 210 can provide sufficient contact between the surfaces of the system components so that the system can support the weight of the installed objects. In fact, the main advantage of the installation device 210 and the installation system 200 is to maintain the weight of the device / system, achieved in combination with the versatility and ease of use of magnetic fastening and disengagement. The configuration of the mounting device 210 and system 200 can be adapted to improve weight support in a particular use case so that the weight of the device / system is transferred from the magnetic connections between the planes to the structure of the device / system, allowing users to take advantage of the magnetic fastening and disconnecting at a relatively low level of risk (e.g. risk of falling, unintentional displacement, or other unforeseen consequences associated with unintentional unhooking iem). Accordingly, to ensure the correct operation of the device / system, magnets with a smaller size and / or cost compared to other magnetic holders that can bear the same weight may be needed, while the device / system may be cheaper to manufacture and may be more accessible to users, provided that functionality and benefits.

As mentioned above, configuring the installation device taking into account the shape of the object or the interface of the object, as shown in the system 200 of FIG. 7A may allow expanded functionality and may, in turn, provide more benefits to the user of the installation device. As noted above, the number, strength and location of the installation magnets can be selected in such a way as to expand the functionality of the installation device in certain ways. For example, in some embodiments, the clutch member and / or intermediate surface may bias the object to be mounted to a predetermined orientation of the installation before engaging the object with the device. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the first positioning magnet may have a first magnetic force, and the second positioning magnet may have a second magnetic force substantially opposite to the first magnetic force. In this system, the third set magnets can also be matched with the first and second set magnets prior to engagement. In this way, unintentional and incorrect coupling between the mounting magnets can be avoided.

As shown in FIG. 7A, the magnets 231 of the auxiliary surface 224 of the object can be substantially aligned with the corresponding magnets 230 supported by the intermediate surface 212, and the magnet 240 of the clutch member 214 can be substantially aligned with the magnet 241 of the central surface 226 of the object. Moreover, each set of respective mounting magnets can be configured so that the magnetic poles facing each other during installation are opposite. In the configuration shown in FIG. 7A, the mounting device 210 may provide grip due to a female configuration (for example, the clutch member 214 can be retracted inside the mounting device 210), as described above and as will be described in more detail below. Accordingly, the illustrated positions of the mounting magnets can facilitate the engagement of the object interface 226 with the mounting device 210, provided that the perimeter of side 222 of the central surface 226 of the object (and, accordingly, the surface 223 of the protruding part) is aligned with the hole 294 in the intermediate surface 212. System components 200 can also be designed so that the magnetic interaction between the interface 220 of the object and the installation device 210 to the clutch helps to facilitate proper adhesion. This can be accomplished by configuring the third installation magnets 231, 241 of the object interface 220 with respect to the first and second installation magnets 230, 240 of the installation device 210 so that the object interface 220 can substantially align itself with the installation device 210 prior to engaging so that provide a predetermined orientation of the installation for aligning the interface 220 of the object, in particular, the Central surface 226 of the object of this embodiment, with the device 210. For example, a magnet S 231 of the auxiliary surface 224 of the object can be permanent magnets and can be oriented so that during installation the north pole (N) of each magnet can be facing the installation device 210. Accordingly, the magnets 230 of the intermediate surface 212, which can also be permanent magnets , can be oriented so that during installation the south pole (S) of each magnet can be turned towards the interface 220 of the object. Also, the magnet 241 of the central surface 226 of the object can be oriented so that during installation the south pole (S) of the magnet can be turned towards the installation device, and the magnet 240 of the intermediate surface 214 can be oriented so that during installation the north pole (N) was facing the interface surface 220 of the object. Thus, if the magnetic forces are adjusted in this way, the central surface 226 of the object (for example, magnet 241), close to the mounting device 210, can repel the intermediate surface 212 (for example, if the magnets 230 have the same polarity as the magnet 241), which avoids misalignment with installation device 210; in addition, the repulsive force between the magnets 230 and the magnet 241 can guide the central surface 226 of the object to align with the hole 294 in the intermediate surface 212, since the hole 294 can be a way of less resistance.

The force of attraction between the respective mounting magnets in the system can also serve to self-align the interface 220 of the object with the mounting device 210. In FIG. 7B shows a system in which the installation device 210 can act as a male element, so that during the engagement of the object interface 220 with the installation device 210, the coupling element 214 can be inserted into the cavity 275 of the object interface 220. Thus, it may be necessary to align the cavity 275 with the clutch 214 and / or the hole 294 in the intermediate surface 212 (for example, if the clutch 214 is removed and / or recessed when the mounting device 210 is not used), and if the system 200 is self-leveling during installation This will make alignment easier for the user. As shown in FIG. 7B, placing the object interface 220 near the installation target area (which in this embodiment may be the front side 285 of the intermediate surface 212) of the installation device 210 can create an attractive force between the magnets 231 of the auxiliary surface 224 of the object and the magnets 230 of the intermediate surface 212 when six magnets 231 and six magnets 230 (i.e., in this embodiment, all of them) are attracted to each other and orient the interface 220 of the object (and the object itself) in a predetermined manner, as well as placing the cavity 275 in such position relative to the opening 294 to the coupling element 214 can be inserted into the interface of the object 220. It should also be noted that the configuration of the magnets 231 of FIG. 7A-7B may serve to facilitate the installation process for the user, especially with a circular cross-section that can be selected for other components of the described embodiments when “additional” magnets (for example, two of eight magnets 231 that may remain unused in the installed configuration) can provide coupling of all six magnets 230 of the intermediate surface with the interface 220 of the object during installation, regardless of the orientation of the object (and, accordingly, the interface 220 of the object), approx nennoy user. This approach may be more attractive to the user, since the user does not need to align the object in a certain way to achieve the desired result (for example, setting the object). For example, a user may want to install their phone in a car for use as a GPS device using a system similar to system 200 of FIG. 7B, and may want to install the phone so that you do not need to look at the installation device, and you can concentrate on driving. Accordingly, the user can install the phone blindly, and it may turn out that during installation the phone was placed in a curved position relative to the orientation of the device that the user would prefer. The presence of eight magnets 231 in a circular arrangement on the auxiliary surface 224 of the object, instead of six magnets 231 in the configuration corresponding to the configuration of the intermediate surface 212, can ensure the correct installation and fixing of the device on the installation device (can guarantee reliability and use of the full adhesion force) even with incorrect orientation object by the user, which may be preferable for the user compared with the complete impossibility of installing the device due to incorrect operation entatsii, leaving have to take risks and look at the positioning device while driving, in order to correctly align the device, and / or install the device correctly, which can cause unintentional fall. Furthermore, as described above, the configuration of components of the system 200 shown in FIG. 7B can provide a guideline and self-leveling object correction for correctly positioning the device relative to the clutch member 214 and / or other components of the system 200, in addition to correcting errors in the orientation of the device. Moreover, the configuration of the system 200 shown in FIG. 7B, the previous example may allow the user to easily correct the error. The continuous contact of the surfaces of the system 200 shown in FIG. 7A-7B (for example, a substantially flat auxiliary surface 224 of an object and a substantially flat intermediate surface 212 that can be in contact with each other in a mounted and engaged configuration), along with the flexibility of rotational movement due to the cylindrical shape of the clutch 214 of FIG. 7A-7B (and the appropriate size / shape of the hole 294 in the intermediate surface 212), the configuration of the magnets 230 and 231 described above, and other parameters will allow the user to easily adjust the orientation of the installed device. The user can accomplish this by applying to the call (object) the rotational force, which may be sufficient to overcome the action of the adhesion forces between the magnets 231 and magnets 230 (and which may be less than the force required to disengage the magnets 231, 230 in the direction of coupling line L _e ), since the adhesion force between the magnet 240 and the magnet 241 remains essentially unchanged when the clutch member 214 rotates about the central axis X. In fact, the system 200 can remain partially detached for a short time (for example, magnets 231 and magnets 230 are temporarily out of alignment) until a continuous rotational movement causes attraction between the magnets 230 of the intermediate surface 232 and the second configuration of the magnets 231 (which may be adjacent to the previously coupled magnets 231, so that the second configuration may include one pre-detached magnet 231) which is stronger than the attraction between the magnets 230 and the first configuration of magnets 231 (for example, magnets 231 that have already been uncoupled). This attraction (between the magnets 230 and the second configuration of the magnets 231) can re-align the object in accordance with the second configuration of the magnets 231 with respect to the magnets 230, creating a new resulting traction force. Thus, the user will only need to rotate the object a little further than halfway between adjacent magnets 231 in order to achieve a change in orientation instead of having to detach the object (by applying the disengagement force along the clutch line L _e ), and re-engage the object with the device (again along the clutch line L _e ) to perform the same orientation change.

Embodiments that can allow the user to manipulate the object (for example, to shift, as described above, or others) and / or to cause the interaction of the object or object interface with the magnetic forces acting inside the device or system when the object is engaged or partially engaged with the installation device (and, in particular, when such interactions change the state of adhesion and / or the state of the object or the interface of the object) - both inside the system, as in the example above, and outside (as described earlier) - can allow the installation device to have functions additional or auxiliary to the installation of the device or system; moreover, these additional functions can be very valuable to the user. For example, in the system of FIG. 7C, an intermediate surface 212 may be provided that includes a first mounting magnet 230 consisting of six magnets 230b, 230c, 230d, 230f (not shown), 230g (not shown), 230h, and a second object surface 224, which may include includes a third mounting magnet 231, consisting of eight magnets 231a, 231b, 231c, 231d, 231e, 231f (not shown), 231g (not shown), 231h, with six magnets 231b, 231c, 231d, 231f, 231g, 231h of the eight magnets of the second object surface 224 may correspond to six magnets 230b, 230c, 230d, 230f, 230g, 230h of the intermediate surface 212, when the installed object is in the preferred orientation of the installation (for example, in this embodiment, the angular orientation of the object relative to the central axis X of the installation device 210, in which the user may want to install the object in a fully installed state, that is, when the user may want the television set to , in which the bottom edge of the screen will be located essentially horizontally, and not at an angle - for example, crooked - to the central axis X). In the embodiment of FIG. 7C, the preferred orientation of the installation may correspond to the orientation shown and described above prior to engagement (uncoupled). In addition, the illustrated system 200 may be configured such that the magnets 231c and 230c and the magnets 231g (not shown) and 230g (not shown) are correlated magnets and the magnets 231a, 231b, 231d, 231e, 231f (not shown) , 231h and magnets 230b, 230d, 230f (not shown), 230h were permanent magnets. The correlated magnets 231c, 230c, 231g, 230g can be coupled to the permanent magnets 230b, 231d, 230h, 231f in much the same way as the permanent magnets (for example, essentially the same as the magnets 231c, 230s, 231g, 230g can adhere to magnets 230b, 231d, 230h, 231f if the magnets 231c, 230c, 231g, 230g were permanent magnets with corresponding polarities opposite to the corresponding polarities of magnets 230b, 231d, 230h, 231f) during installation (for example, along the corresponding clutch axles related to the central axis X and the clutch line L _e ), as well as when in the installed configuration it is coupled in a rotary manner (as described above). In addition, the correlated magnets 231c, 230c can be arranged in such a way relative to each other so that they can interlock with each other when turning, when the object interface 220 is interlocked with the installation device by moving clockwise around the central axis X relative to the front side 285 of the intermediate of the surface 212 in such a way that the magnet 231c moves from the clutch position with the magnet 230b (for example, detaches from the magnet 230b by clockwise movement) to the clutch position with the magnet 230 s (for example er, engages with a magnet 230 moving in a clockwise direction). Similarly, the correlated magnets 231g, 230g can be positioned relative to each other so that they can engage with each other when rotated when the object interface 220 is engaged with the installation device due to the same clockwise movement as described above that the magnet 231g moves from the clutch position with the magnet 230f (for example, detaches from the magnet 230f by clockwise movement) to the clutch position with the magnet 230g (for example, engages with the magnet 230g by clockwise movement). In fact, cohesion between the respective pairs of correlated magnets can occur essentially simultaneously in response to a similar clockwise rotation described above. In addition, the respective configurations of the pairs of correlated magnets 231c, 230s and 231g, 230g can ensure that, in the locked state, the pairs of correlated magnets 231c, 230s and 231g, 230g can only be uncoupled, respectively, by rotating in the opposite direction (for example, counterclockwise) to corresponding pairs of correlated magnets can not be uncoupled (e.g., by any means other than sharp or excessive force) in the direction along line L _e clutch in response to the disengagement force is applied in the direction tm l adhesion line L _e. In fact, the interface 220 of the object can be completely unhooked from the installation device 210 only after a rotation in the opposite direction has occurred.

Thus, using the configuration described above, the user can mount the object on the mounting surface using the system 200 of FIG. 7C by slightly turning the object counterclockwise when looking at the installation device 210, so that, for example, the magnets 231a and 231c of the object interface 220 are substantially aligned with the magnets 230h and 230b of the installation device. The object can thus be placed next to the installation device 210 and interlocked with it, as described above. After coupling, the user can rotate the object clockwise by moving the second surface 224 of the object against the intermediate surface 212, until the pairs of correlated magnets 231c, 230c and 231g, 230g are linked. The user can understand that the pairs of correlated magnets are locked when the object can no longer be rotated clockwise due to the corresponding coupling, and / or because the object may already be in the preferred orientation of the installation. To detach an object, the user can rotate the object counterclockwise until the pairs of correlated magnets are uncoupled and the magnets next to the correlated magnets are engaged. The user can thereby detach the object by applying a disengaging force less than the resulting adhesion force between the object interface 220 and the installation device 210, as described previously. The configuration of the system 200 described with reference to FIG. 7C is one of many possible configurations using correlated magnets, and configurations in which pairs of correlated magnets are more closely engaged when engaged (for example, rely on the front side 285 of the intermediate surface 212 rather than the inner side 286, and are located likewise on the second surface 224 of the object), may be even more preferable from the point of view of achieving the desired result.

In addition, correlated magnets can be encoded (programmed) so that they can only respond to other coded magnets. For example, in the embodiment described above, the correlated magnets can be configured to interact with the permanent magnets in essentially the same way as the permanent magnet in place of the correlated magnet (as described). Alternatively, embodiments may be designed so that correlated magnets can effectively “ignore” some system components, such as the permanent magnets described above, and can only respond to other coded magnets specifically designed to magnetically interact with them. Thus, coded magnets can provide a sufficient degree of customization, taking into account the desired functionality of the system.

Configuring the installation system 200 as described above can be particularly beneficial to the user in terms of improving the reliability and stability of the object. For example, in some embodiments, a user can mount a television or other video display on a wall in a boat, increasing the level of reliability to compensate for the unpredictable and unexpected occurrence of forces (such as pitching, etc.) that can act on the device when using the boat at sea. Furthermore, in a theater you can use such a system for quick and easy installation of temporary lighting systems at the ceiling between performances and can use such a mounting system, knowing that the force of gravity may act in a direction substantially coinciding with L _e clutch line installation apparatus 210, so that the lighting system will reliably withstand gravity when installed on the ceiling.

Similar advantages can be obtained with the system 200 of FIG. 7C, which may be configured to use electromagnets in place of or in addition to the correlated magnets described above. For example, in a system 200 using electromagnets to provide additional reliability to the installation system, magnets 230c, 230d, 230f (not shown), 230g (not shown), 230h can be electromagnetically controlled electromagnets so that they can be amplified or weakened on signal. The magnets 231 on the second object surface 224 may be permanent magnets, and the system 200 may contain only seven third mounting magnets 231, and the system will not have the magnet 231c shown in FIG. 7C. Also, the component 230b of the intermediate surface 212 of FIG. 7C may be a circuit responsive to magnetism by generating a signal, for example, a Hall sensor. This circuit can respond to the presence or absence of a magnet by generating one or more signals, and the circuit can be configured to effectively control the power of the electromagnets 230 of the installation device 210 by sending a signal to an electrical device inside the installation device (not shown), which can receive a signal from the circuit and adjust the strength of the electromagnets 230, respectively. In addition, the circuit can be adjustable so that the user can turn it on or off. In the on state, the user can mount the object on the installation device 210 in a slightly curved orientation, as described above, so that the magnets 231a and 231d, for example, on the auxiliary surface 224 of the object can be aligned with the magnets 230h and 230c on the intermediate surface 212. When installed in this way the contour can be aligned with the region of the magnet 231c shown in FIG. 7C (which is again absent in the described configuration) so that no signal is generated during installation. In fact, the resulting adhesion force that occurs when the initial (for example, curved) adhesion can correspond to level L. The user can rotate the object clockwise, as described above, and clockwise movement can align the magnet 231 with the contour so that the contour sends first signal to an electrical device. The electrical device may be configured to increase the magnetic force of the electromagnets 230 in response to the first signal. Increasing the magnetic forces of the electromagnets 230 may increase the resultant force clutch 200 to level N. Resultant force of adhesion at the level H can prevent disengagement of the object in a direction substantially coinciding with the direction of coupling line L _e. Thus, a user who wants to detach an object may first be required to rotate the object counterclockwise, as described above, and the force required to rotate the object may be less than the resulting adhesion force N. Turning it counterclockwise can move the magnet 231b away from the loop so that the circuit will send a second signal to the electrical device. The electrical device may be configured to weaken the magnetic force of the electromagnets 230 upon receipt of the second signal. The reduced magnetic force of the electromagnets 230 may lower the resulting adhesion force of the system 200 to level L. Thus, the user can apply a disengagement force to remove the object in successive detachment steps, as described previously.

It should be noted that the corresponding mounting magnets in the system, for example, in the system 200, can act in the same way as the control component described above. The system is designed and can be designed so that all installation magnets and control components are electromagnets, correlated magnets, programmable correlated magnets, etc. These components can be configured to interact with each other and with other control components to move, change orientation, or otherwise change the position of an object to be installed on the installation device. For example, in the system 200 of FIG. 7A, magnets 230, 231, 240, 241 may be electromagnets that can be adjusted by methods previously described. Thus, the object itself (using the object interface) can affect its own movement or position by sending signals to the device, either interactively with the user (for example, dynamically), or in a predetermined programmable manner to manipulate magnetic forces for the benefit of the user. In fact, the device 210 in the system can create a force controlling the device, and the object interface can create a force controlling the object due to the configured magnets. Therefore, the object interface can extract itself by applying a control force to the device. In addition, the interface of the object can apply a control force to partially detach the object so that the object can be corrected. The depth of adjustment may be the depth from the intermediate surface, and it may be less than the depth of adhesion to the device so that the object is only partially detached from the device when it can be adjusted. To simplify the implementation of this function, any central surface of an object or several auxiliary surfaces of an object can have at least one electromagnet, at least one correlated magnet, or at least one programmable magnet. In addition, the clutch element and / or the intermediate surface may be provided with at least one electromagnet, at least one correlated magnet, or at least one programmable magnet.

Although in FIG. 7A-7C show an object interface having two engagement planes, it can (for example, depending on the number of planes of the installation device) have 3, 4, 5 or more engagement planes to accommodate additional clutch / uncoupling points available in the installation device.

For purposes of explanation, certain external components of embodiments of the installation device 10, 210 described above and shown in FIG. 7A-7C are not shown so that the other described components are better visible. Thus, the installation device 10, 210 can be implemented in various ways. For example, a clutch member, an intermediate surface and / or magnets, etc. can be located and / or can move inside the case. The housing itself can be made in various ways for mounting the installation device to various types and configurations of installation surfaces.

Although the embodiments described above involve the use of two levels of magnets (for example, two planes P1, P2), the same principles can be used to create the mounting device 10 using 3, 4, 5 or more stages of engagement and / or disengagement. Of course, the larger the number of planes used for magnetic adhesion, the smaller the incremental adhesion and / or disengagement force required as the resulting adhesion force that can be distributed between a large number of planes. In addition, the adhesion / disengagement force required for each plane can be distributed evenly (e.g., by dividing the resulting adhesion force required to support the target object by the total number of planes) or can be distributed unevenly, e.g., in where the necessary initial disengagement force is greater than the subsequent incremental disengagement forces required for disconnection in subsequent stages.

In some embodiments of the invention, the second positioning magnet may be movable, and the combination of the second positioning magnets may be supported in several respective second planes. In addition, the second alignment magnets may be embedded in each other and / or have a telescopic configuration. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the clutch member may comprise several components, wherein at least one of them may be configured to respond to magnetism. As shown in FIG. 8A, it can be seen that the clutch member 14 is comprised of several components 14 ′, 14 ″, and each of the several second positioning magnets 40 ′, 40 ″ may be supported in a respective second plane by the corresponding clutch member component.

The separation of the adhesion force of the second positioning magnet 40 between several second positioning magnets 40 ', 40' 'in several respective second planes can overcome the effect of the adhesion force of the second positioning magnet at a greater distance and due to the greater number of corresponding adhesion forces. Therefore, each adhesion force corresponding to each second plane may be less than the force of the second positioning magnet supported in one second plane, so that each adhesion force requires lesser disengagement force to more smoothly overcome the resulting adhesion force. Smoother overcoming the resulting adhesion force of the second installation magnet at a greater distance can provide an easier and smoother detachment of the object from the installation device while maintaining essentially the same resulting adhesion force to maintain adhesion of the object to the engaged installation device.

Several components (14 ', 14``) of the clutch element can be formed relative to each other so that in the retracted state they are embedded in each other, i.e. were essentially flush with the intermediate surface 12, as shown in FIG. 8B. Thus, the embodiment of FIG. 8A can provide a smoother and more gradual detachment of an object while maintaining the attractive appearance of a flush mounted surface of the installation device.

In the extended state, several components 14 ', 14' 'of the clutch element can form a telescopic clutch element that can extend toward the object to be installed along the axis of the clutch element (for example, the X axis). An additional advantage of the arrangement of the clutch element components 14 ', 14 "in a nested and / or telescopic configuration may be that the clutch element components 14', 14" "can adapt to different surfaces with different depths. In fact, embodiments of the invention, for example, device 10 of FIG. 8A-D may be used as installation devices and / or may be attached to objects for mounting objects on other surfaces. Moreover, such devices with socket configurations can be attached to each other and can provide high versatility and ease of disengagement.

In addition, the nested configuration of the components of the clutch element may include selective extension in response to different attractive forces. For example, the embodiment of FIG. 8A can be used for a relatively small object with a smaller clutch member 14 ′ and can be used for a relatively large object with a clutch member 14 ″. In fact, the components can have different masses with respect to each other and with respect to the device 10, so that the smaller clutch element 14 'can be pulled out with a relatively lower clutch force, and a large attractive force may be required to extend the large clutch element 14' 'from the device 10. In fact, in one example, a user may want to use one installation device to install two devices, a mobile phone and a tablet computer. The user can do this using the device 10, as shown in FIG. 8A, wherein the smaller clutch member 14 'can be extended in response to magnetic attraction as the mobile phone approaches to install it, however, in this design, the attractive force between the phone and the installation device may not be sufficient to completely move the larger clutch member 14' '. At the same time, a larger clutch element 14 '' can be pulled out when a larger tablet computer is brought up, because it can cause a greater attraction force (either due to the greater amount of metal inside the device compared to a mobile phone, or due to the equipment with an object interface) . Accordingly, the object interfaces can be designed for use with socket devices to provide a selective multi-level mechanism, which is an additional useful property of the device.

In some cases, the mounting device 10 may be configured such that at least one of the components of the clutch member can respond to magnetism (for example, at least one of the components of the clutch member may include a second mounting magnet 40), as noted above. However, several components of the clutch element can be arranged relative to each other so that in the retracted position these components (the three components 14 ', 14' ', 14' '' in the embodiment of Figs. 9A-9C) are inserted into each other, forming telescopic socket 190, which is configured to insert at least part of an object to be inserted into it, as shown in FIG. 9A. In the extended position, several clutch member components 14 ′, 14 ″, 14 ″ ″ can form a telescopic clutch member 14 that can extend toward the object to be mounted, as shown in FIG. 9B. In FIG. 9C shows an embodiment of the device of FIG. 9A and 9B disassembled.

Accordingly, planes, forces, sizes, location, distances, depths, permissible types of movements, etc. the first and second installation magnets relative to each other, other components of the installation device and the object can be performed in various ways to perform certain functions, achieve the desired results and / or create a preferred appearance. In some embodiments (as shown in FIGS. 2-4), the corresponding limit positions of at least one of the movable alignment magnets may be configured such that the first and second alignment magnets can move to a position in which the first and second planes are substantially match.

Moreover, as shown in FIG. 10, although the above-described embodiments of the clutch member 14, 214 have a flat outer side (for example, front side 88 of FIG. 6A), it is contemplated that the mounting device 10 may also have a curved or otherwise tilted outer side 45. In this regard, in some embodiments, one or more engagement planes (e.g., first and / or second planes) may be defined by a curved surface. In other words, the intermediate surface and / or engagement member may be defined by a curved surface, as shown in FIG. 10 with respect to the clutch member 14. Thus, the clutch member 14 can be adapted to engage with the corresponding curved component of the object interface. Moreover, the curvature of the clutch element 14 (or in some variants of the intermediate surface) can allow an additional degree of freedom when the interface of the object is engaged with the installation device, that is, allow the object interface to be attached at an angle (not necessarily alignment with the central axis of the clutch element).

In FIG. 11A, a system 300 is shown that may include a mounting device 310 having an intermediate surface 312 that can be configured to respond to magnetism, and a clutch member 314 that can also be configured to respond to magnetism. The intermediate surface 312 may define a first plane, and the engagement member 314 may define a second plane and may move along the line of engagement _Le , intersecting with the first plane. As shown in the figure, the second plane can be defined by a curved surface. The system 300 may also include an object interface 320 that can be attached to an object to be installed (not shown) and installed on the device 310, while the object interface may include a central object surface 322 defining a third plane. The central surface 322 of the object may be configured to respond to magnetism and be consistent with the clutch member 314.

The clutch member 314 may be configured to move between the outer limit position OL and the base limit position BL. In addition, the clutch member 314 may comprise a protruding portion 398 and a front side 388 connected thereto, and may support the second mounting magnet 340 in a second plane. In the embodiment shown in FIG. 11A, the front side 388 of the clutch member 314 may be the curved surface of the second positioning magnet 340. The protruding portion 398 can act as a restriction element 350 due to the fact that it protrudes outward and has a diameter larger than the hole 394 in the intermediate surface. Projecting portion 398 segment may include a guide surface 396 of the intermediate member 312 so that the restriction member 350 can restrict movement of the intermediate surface 312 of coupling element 314 along the coupling line L _e, contacting with the inner face 386 of the intermediate surface 312 and thereby setting the outer limit position OL of the clutch member 314. When the clutch member 314 is in the outer limit position, the distance between the first and second planes may define a depth d _a singing with the device.

The intermediate surface 312 can support the first positioning magnet 330 in the first plane, while the first positioning magnet 330 can limit the movement of the clutch member 314 from the center surface 322 of the object by contacting the second positioning magnet 340 of the clutch member 314, setting the base limit position of the clutch member 314.

As mentioned above, the central surface 322 of the object can be adapted to fit with the clutch member 314 using the hole 304 and the contact surface 302 of the hole 304, which can be made (for example, have a shape) so that it is essentially flush to engage with the front side 388 the clutch member 314 and, accordingly, with the second mounting magnet 340. The diameter of the hole 304 may be less than the diameter of the front side 388 of the clutch member 314 (and, accordingly, may be smaller than the diameter of the second mounting Magnet 340). The diameter of the hole 304 and the depth (thickness) of the central surface 322 of the object can be selected taking into account the characteristics of the object (not shown) and the diameter of the front side 388 (second mounting magnet 340) so that the substantially flush mounted contact surface 302 engages with the front side 388 clutch member 314. For example, a substantially flat object or a substantially flat part of an object that can be attached to an object interface 320 on a part of the central surface 322 of the object farthest from the installation device 310, and which may block or otherwise occupy the portion of the hole 304 occupied by the clutch member 314 when engaged with the central surface 322 of the object, must have a greater depth (for example, thickness) of the central surface 322 of the object than an object that does not block or otherwise occupies a portion of hole 304.

The intermediate surface 312 can be attached to the mounting surface (for example, a wall) using fasteners inserted into the holes 307 with a bevel. The central surface 322 of the object can also be attached to the installed object (not shown) using fasteners inserted into the holes 307 with a bevel. The intermediate surface 312 can exert an attractive force (using the first positioning magnet 330) to the clutch member 314 so that the clutch member 314 is in its base limit position (e.g., retracted) when the mounting device 310 is detached (e.g., loose).

Therefore, the object mounted on the mounting surface may be close to the mounting device 310, and the attractive force between the clutch member 314 and the central surface 322 of the object may be greater than the attractive force acting on the clutch member 314 from the side of the intermediate surface 312, resulting in an element the clutch moves toward the outer limit position OL. If the central surface 322 of the object is outside the grip depth d _{a of the} device, the clutch member 314 can reach the outer limit position OL and be held in it due to the attractive force between the central surface 322 of the object and the clutch element 314 until the central surface 322 of the object will not be able to move within the grip depth d _a . As long as the central surface 322 of the object is within the grip depth d _{a of the} device, the clutch member 314 can engage with the central surface 322 of the object (first engagement step). The proximity of the central surface 322 of the object to the intermediate surface 312 can lead to an attractive force between the central surface 322 of the object and the intermediate surface 312. The clutch 314, the central surface 322 of the object and the object can move towards the intermediate surface 312, while the resulting adhesion force between installation device 310 and interface 320 of the object can gradually increase until the clutch element 314 can not move to the base limit Noah position BL. In the base limit position BL, an adhesion force may occur between the central surface 322 of the object and the intermediate surface 312 (second adhesion step) at which the resulting adhesion force becomes equal to the total adhesion force used to mount the object on the installation surface.

As shown in FIG. 11A, the central surface of the object may not physically adhere to the face 385 of the intermediate surface 312, and the adhesion force occurring between the intermediate surface 312 and the central surface 322 of the object may be a magnetic adhesion force. Thus, the object can move freely around the front side 388 of the clutch member 314 (for example, by rotation, rotation, etc.) so that the object can be manipulated to fit in the preferred orientation (Fig. 11B) when it is firmly fixed to due to the resulting traction force with the installation device 10.

The installation device 310 can be made so that a disengagement force, which can be less than the resulting adhesion force and can act on an object attached to the object interface 320, can provide a phased disengagement of the object interface from the installation device by gradually overcoming the action of the corresponding adhesion forces, acting on the clutch element and the intermediate surface.

As for the embodiment of FIG. 11A, the disengagement force acting on the object may be sufficient to disengage the installed object if the disengagement force is greater than the adhesion force between the intermediate surface 312 and the central surface 322 of the object, since the resulting adhesion force can be overcome in stages by increasing the distance specified by the adhesion depth d _a with the device, since first the disengagement force overcomes the action of the adhesion force between the intermediate surface 312 and the Central surface 322 of the object, which can lead to moving the clutch member 314 and the object towards the outer limit position OL. In the outer limit position, it may be necessary that the disengagement force is greater than the adhesion force between the central surface 322 of the object and the engagement element 314 in order to detach the object from the mounting surface.

In FIG. 12 shows another embodiment of the installation device 10. The installation device 10 shown in FIG. 12 may comprise a first mounting magnet 30 supported in a first plane and a second mounting magnet 40 supported in a second plane. The first positioning magnet 30 may consist of six magnets resting on the intermediate surface 12, and the second positioning magnet 40 may be a single magnet resting on the clutch member 14.

Clutch member 14 may be configured so that it can move along the coupling line L _e, intersecting first and second planes. The clutch member 14 may comprise a protruding portion 98 and a front side 88 connected thereto.

The intermediate surface 12 may be in a fixed position. The intermediate surface 12 can be adapted to insert a portion of the protruding part 98 of the clutch 14 into it using the guide surface 96 of the hole 94 bounded by a part of the intermediate surface 12, while two protrusions on the inner side 86 of the intermediate surface 12 can protrude within the hole 94 and can be inserted into grooves 58 on the protruding part 98 of the clutch element 14, which can also guide the clutch element 14 and can prevent the clutch element 14 from turning when moving it between extended and retracted position.

The clutch member 14 may be configured to move between the base limit position BL and the outer limit position OL. The movement of the clutch element 14 can be limited in the direction of the outer limit position OL by the restriction element 50, which can be an outward protrusion on the protruding part 98 of the clutch element 14, while when the clutch element 14 is in the extended state, the restriction element 50 can contact the inner side 86 of the intermediate surface 12 using the groove 58. In the retracted state, the inner side 59 of the clutch element 14 may be in contact with the guide nickel 87, which may limit the movement of the clutch element 14 toward the base limit position BL. In the retracted state, the front side 85 of the intermediate surface and the front side 88 of the clutch member 14 can be substantially flush, since the depth between the front side 85 and the guide stop 87 can be substantially equal to the depth between the front side 88 and the inner side 59 of the clutch element 14.

On the restriction element 50 of the clutch element 14 can be placed several control components 60 (in this embodiment, there are six), which can be essentially aligned with the first installation magnet 30 (in this embodiment, there are also six) located on the intermediate surface. Thus, the control component 60 can be movable, and its movement can largely correspond to the movement of the second installation magnet 40. In other words, the set of control components 60 can be located in a third plane that is movable relative to the clutch element 14, essentially parallel to the second plane .

The control component 60 can apply a force to the installation magnet 30 (in Fig. 12 to six magnets) that can bias the clutch element 14 toward the retracted state (repulsive force). The movement of the clutch element 14 towards the retracted state can be stopped using the guide stop 87 of the intermediate surface 12 when the inner side 59 of the clutch 14 contacts the guide stop 87. Thus, the target installation area (described above) can be flush when the installation device 10 unhooked (e.g. loose), as mentioned above.

The installation device 10 may be configured to be attached to the installation surface (not shown) using four mounting supports 107. An object mounted on the installation surface may be close to the installation device 10, which can create at least one attractive force between the object and at least one of the mounting magnets 30, 40. This attractive force may be greater than the control force exerted by the control component 60 on the intermediate surface 12 so that the clutch 14 tilted toward the object to grip it. The object and the second positioning magnet 40 can create a cohesive force (the first stage of adhesion), and the object can be so close to the intermediate surface 12 so as to move toward the intermediate surface 12. The object can engage with the first positioning magnet 30 (and, accordingly, intermediate surface 12) to perform the second stage of adhesion, which can be created by the resulting adhesion force to install the object on the installation surface.

The object can be detached from the installation device 10 due to the application of an uncoupling force, which is less than the resulting adhesion force, since the effect of the resulting adhesion force can be gradually overcome by successively overcoming the corresponding adhesion forces of the first and second installation magnets to disengage the object.

The control component 60 may also be configured to apply force to the intermediate surface 12, which may bias the clutch member 14 toward the extended state. In fact, the clutch member 14 may be located at any point along the adhesion line L _e, between an outer limit position and the baseline OL limit position BL, due to the choice of the control component 60 (e.g., size, strength, shape, type, etc. ) and its location relative to the first positioning magnet 30 so that the desired position of the clutch member 14 is achieved. For example, the control component and the first positioning magnet can be located relative to each other so that when the device ystvo available (e.g., in the uncoupled state), the front side clutch member located substantially flush with the intermediate surface. In addition, the control component and the first positioning magnet can be arranged relative to each other so that the clutch member extends when the positioning device is free (for example, the front side 88 of the clutch element 14 may be in a position that is further along the clutch line towards the position to be installed than the intermediate surface 12, so that when the installation device is in an uncoupled state, the front side 88 can be located between the object and the intermediate surface Strongly 12). Alternatively, in some embodiments, the control component and the first positioning magnet can be arranged relative to each other so that the clutch member is removed when the positioning device is free (for example, the intermediate surface 12 can be in a position that is further down the line of engagement in the direction to the installed object than the front side 88 of the clutch element 14, when the installation device is in an uncoupled state).

For the installation device, various magnets can be selected to facilitate the implementation of this or other functionality of the device and / or its components, while any of the elements (the first installation magnet 30, the second installation magnet 40 and / or the control component 60) can be an electromagnet, programmable magnet, correlated magnet, etc. For example, the first positioning magnet may be at least one programmable magnet, and the control component may be at least one programmable magnet. Accordingly, the first positioning magnet and the control component can be programmed so as to cooperate with each other to set the clutch member to a desired position when the positioning device is in an uncoupled state (for example, when the positioning device is free).

Alternatively or in addition, the magnets can be selected so that the installation device has additional functionality. As shown in FIG. 12, it can be noted that in some embodiments of the installation device 10, the second installation magnet 40 may be a correlated magnet. In addition, an object interface (not shown) may comprise a corresponding correlated magnet, which can be substantially aligned with the second positioning magnet 40 during engagement. These correlated magnets can be made in such a way that after coupling (i.e., after installation due to the resulting adhesion force, as described above), turning the object interface (for example, clockwise) would lead to the interaction of a pair of correlated magnets to create a blocking traction, causing the object could not be disengaged from the positioning device 10 along the coupling line L _e. The blocking adhesion force may be an adhesion force additional to the total adhesion force achieved during installation of the object interface on the installation device. Accordingly, when the user wants to detach the object from the installation device, he will be able to rotate the object back (for example, counterclockwise) to terminate the blocking adhesion force, after which the user will be able to exert a detachment force on the object, the value of which may be less than the resulting adhesion force required for phasing out the object as described above.

Embodiments using pairs of correlated magnets can be very useful to the user by further improving reliability and expanding functionality. For example, the locking force can exceed the adhesion force of gravity acting on the object when the gravity vector extends approximately along the line L _e clutch towards disengagement, while the resultant force of adhesion (blocking force without adhesion) can not provide. Thus, an additional rotation performed by the user (for example, clockwise, as in the previous example) can prevent an unintentional disconnection from the installation device when the object and the device are moved to a position in which otherwise gravity could lead to an unintentional disconnection. In addition, since the blocking adhesion force can resist the movement of the object in the direction of disengagement along the coupling line L _e, the user can rotate the object and / or object interface so as to create a blocking force of the clutch, when it wants to perform any manipulation or adjust an object without his disengaging from the device, for example, when changing the position of the object without stopping its use. In other words, when the intention of the user is to move the installed object to himself, and not to unhook it, he can first turn the object / interface of the object to “lock” it on the installation device and prevent unintentional disconnection when interacting with the object. Thus, the user can freely move the object in the direction of coupling line L _e, without fear of inadvertent disconnection.

The locking function described above, in various embodiments, can be performed by using different types of magnets and / or their various configurations.

In FIG. 13 depicts a system 400 for mounting an object interface 420 to a mounting device 410. The system 400 may include a mounting device 410, which may include an intermediate surface 412 configured to respond to magnetism, and a clutch member 414 configured to respond to magnetism. Intermediate surface 412 may define a first plane, and engagement member 414 may define a second plane. In addition, the clutch member 414 can move along the clutch line L _e intersecting with the first plane, and can support the second mounting magnet 440 in the second plane. The intermediate surface may support in the first plane the first mounting magnet 430, which may consist of six magnets. The system 400 may also include an object interface 420 that can be mounted to an object to be installed (not shown) and to an installation device 410. The object interface 420 may include a central surface 426 of the object, which can be configured to respond to magnetism and can set the third plane. Also, the object interface 420 may comprise an auxiliary surface 424 of the object, which may be located at a distance from the central surface 426 of the object and may define a fourth plane. The auxiliary surface 424 of the object may support the corresponding third mounting magnet 431 (which in this embodiment may be one of several third mounting magnets in several third planes), which may consist of two magnets supported in the corresponding third plane. The central surface 426 of the object can support the corresponding third mounting magnet 441, consisting of one magnet, in the corresponding third plane.

The clutch member 414 and / or the intermediate surface 412 can move between the outer limit position OL and the base limit position BL. The depth d _a clutch device can be a predetermined distance between the first and second planes, when the clutch member 414 and / or intermediate surface 412, which can be moved, located in the corresponding outer limit position.

In the embodiment shown in FIG. 13, the clutch member 414 can move between the outer limit position OL and the base limit position BL and can be slidably inserted into the intermediate surface 412 along the guide surface 496 through the hole 494, while the protruding portion 498 can slide along the guide surface 496 of the intermediate surface 412. The intermediate surface 412 may have a fixed position. The clutch member 414 may also include a protruding portion 498 connected to its front side 488, and the movement of the clutch element 414 in the direction of the installed object can be limited by the restriction element 450 formed by the outer protrusion of the protruding part 498. The restriction element 450 can contact the inner side 486 intermediate surface and, thus, can be designed to set the outer limit position of the second installation magnet 440. In addition, the limiter The element 450 may support several control components 460 of the device (in this embodiment, six magnets 460) in a plane moving relative to the second plane. The movement of the clutch member 414 toward the retracted state may be limited by the inner side 459 of the clutch member 414 due to contact with the front side 485 of the intermediate surface.

The central surface 426 of the object may have a leading side 429 and may be able to engage with the front side 488 of the clutch member 414 during installation. The auxiliary surface 424 of the object may have a facade 427 and a collar 477 attached to the facade 427. In addition, the second surface of the object may have mounting holes 479 for attachment to the installed object (for example, a picture frame, etc.).

In the embodiment of FIG. 13, magnets 431, 441, 430, 440, 460 may be rare earth magnets. The mounting magnets 431 located on the auxiliary surface 424 of the object may have north (N) poles directed towards the installation device 410. The mounting magnets 430 located on the intermediate surface 412 may have south (S) poles directed towards the interface 420 of the object , and may have north (N) poles directed towards the control components 460, which are located on the restrictive element 450 of the clutch element 414. The control components 460 may have north (N) poles directed in a hundred the interface of the object. The mounting magnet 440 may be located on the front side 488 of the intermediate surface and may have a south (S) pole pointing towards the object interface 420. The mounting magnet 441 may be located on the central surface 426 of the object and may have a north (N) pole directed toward the mounting device 410.

Thus, the control components 460 can be slightly repelled by the magnets 430, so that the clutch element 414 can be in the retracted position when it is detached (for example, free), and its movement in the direction from the object interface 420 can be stopped by contact with the front side 485 intermediate surface through the inner side 459 of the clutch element. Magnets 431 can have an average attraction to magnets 430, and magnet 441 can be strongly attracted to magnet 440.

The object interface 420 can be approached by the user to the installation device 410 so that the attractive force between the magnet 441 of the central surface 426 of the object and the magnet 440 of the clutch element 414 moves the clutch element 414 toward the object interface, overcoming the repulsive force of the magnets 430 of the intermediate surface. In the first engagement step, the magnet 440 may engage with the magnet 441. The depth between the first and second planes with the clutch member 414 extended and engaged may be substantially equivalent to the depth between the leading portion 429 of the object’s central surface 426 and the front face 485 of the intermediate surface so that the auxiliary the surface 424 of the object interface 420 could be depressed and placed substantially flush with the face 485 of the intermediate surface 412 under the influence of the first adhesion force. The collar 477 may be located over the protruding portion 498 of the clutch member 414. In the clutch position of the magnets 441, 440, the intermediate surface magnets 430 may be physically below the magnets 431 (not aligned). The user can release the collar 477 to allow it to engage with the protruding part 498 of the clutch element. The weight of the object can lower the object and the interface of the object so that the magnets 431 align with the magnets 430, and a second coupling step can be implemented to create the resulting cohesion between the interface 420 of the object and the mounting device 410. However, lowering the object can detach the magnets 440, 441, and the adhesion of the magnets 430, 431 can increase the repulsive force acting on the control components 460, which can repel the clutch element 414 so that it is removed under the action of the repulsive force, creating washing with magnets 430, 431. Thus, the inner side 459 of the clutch member can contact the collar 477 of the auxiliary surface 424 of the object, effectively holding the collar 477 pressed against the front side 485 of the intermediate surface.

The user can apply a disengaging force by lifting an object that can stretch the facade 427 of the object’s auxiliary surface along the front side 485 of the intermediate element 412 and disengage the magnets 430, 431. The lifting force may be less than the resulting adhesion force between the magnets 430, 431, if the magnets 430, 431 were involved in the direction along the coupling line L _e. The disengagement of the magnets 430, 431 can lead to a decrease in the repulsive force acting on the control components 60. The proximity of the magnet 441 after lifting the object can lead to the extension of the clutch element 414 and the release of the clamp 477. Thus, the object can be completely detached from the mounting surface.

For example, in some embodiments, the second positioning magnet may be movable, and the plurality of second positioning magnets may be supported in several corresponding second planes. In this regard, with reference to FIG. 14, in some embodiments, the clutch member 14 may consist of several components, such as the four clutch member components 14a, 14b, 14c, 14d shown in the figure. At least one of the components 14a, 14b, 14c, 14d of the clutch member may be configured to respond to magnetism (for example, one or more of the elements may support a corresponding second mounting magnet), and each clutch member may be movable along a respective clutch lines independent of other clutch elements. Thus, each clutch member component 14a, 14b, 14c, 14d may be movable between a corresponding base limit position BL and a corresponding outer limit position OL substantially independently of other clutch elements.

Moreover, the second positioning magnets may be configured such that the base limit position BL of each second positioning magnet is substantially in the same plane. Regarding, for example, the embodiment of FIG. 14, the abutment surface 80 may include restrictive elements 55a, 55b, 55c, 55d for respective clutch member components 14a, 14b, 14c, 14d. Each limiting element 55a, 55b, 55c, 55d may have a height (the length of the part protruding above the supporting surface 80), essentially corresponding to the depth of the clutch element component 14a, 14b, 14c, 14d. For example, in the embodiment of FIG. 14, the deepest clutch member component 14d may correspond to the lowest height restriction member 55d, and the shallowest clutch member component 14a may correspond to the highest height restriction member 55a. By selecting the heights of the restriction elements and the depths of the clutch elements to obtain the same dimensions for all components of the clutch element, the base limit positions BL of all the second alignment magnets can lie essentially in the same plane (the assembled outer side of the clutch element can be substantially smooth).

Each clutch member component 14a, 14b, 14c, 14d may comprise a protruding portion 98a, 98b, 98c, 98d and a front side 88a, 88b, 88c, 88d connected thereto, and each protruding portion may be configured to limit the movement of the object in the direction along one axis in response to a tearing force or an uncoupling force applied to an object as described above. Thus, the protruding portions 98a, 98b, 98c, 98d of each clutch member 14a, 14b, 14c, 14d of the clutch member may have a depth, as noted above, and at least two clutch member components may have different depths, as shown in the embodiment of FIG. . fourteen.

However, in accordance with other embodiments, for example, in the embodiment of FIG. 15, all engagement elements 14n may have substantially the same depth, and the aggregate engagement elements may be located in close proximity to each other, forming a set. For example, a plurality of clutch elements 14n containing several second mounting magnets 40n in several second planes can be located in close proximity to each other to form a set 140. Each clutch element 14n can have a protruding portion 98n and a connected front side 88n thereof, with this, each clutch element 14n in the set 140 can be made with the possibility of movement independently of other clutch elements. Thus, each clutch member 14n can be movably inserted into the intermediate surface 12 through the hole 94n and can move along the guide surface 96n of the hole 94n. Thus, the movement of the clutch member 14n can be limited between the base limit position BL and the outer limit position OL, and the movement of the clutch member 14n toward the object to be installed may be limited by the restrictive element 50n formed by the protruding outward member of the protruding part 98n, which is in contact with morning side 86 the intermediate surface 12. The base limit position BL 14n clutch member can be given the depth of the protruding portion 98n 14n clutch member 80 above the support surface.

Alternatively or in addition, the base limit position BL of each respective clutch member 14n may be defined by a control component 60, which may exert a control force on the set 140 or, in some embodiments, separate control forces for each clutch member 14n. For example, the control component 60 may be a programmable magnet, which may include an array of magnets, the number of which corresponds to the number of clutch elements 14n. Thus, the control component 60 can simultaneously create several forces of attraction and repulsive forces, which can individually act on each clutch element 14n in the set 140 and can ensure the movement of one clutch element 14n in the retracted position and the movement of the other clutch element 14n in the extended position. In addition, the extended clutch elements 14n can be extended gradually (for example, by a different amount depending on the configuration of the programmable magnet) so that the kit 140 can take various forms. Essentially, the kit 140 can adapt to the shape of the object, or it can adapt to the installed object in a specific way.

In addition, in some embodiments, which may or may not include a control component 60, the kit 140 may engage the mounting device 10 with an object having a non-standard surface (for example, non-perpendicular or inclined lines or bends), so that the kit 140 the pins were adjusted to the shape of the object (or the interface of the object) and allowed to install the object and / or to support at least part of the weight of the object without making structural changes to it specifically for this object. Thus, the device 10, containing the kit 140, can be adapted to install objects that cannot be installed in accordance with other options.

An apparatus 10 comprising a kit 140 as shown in FIG. 15 can engage in stages with the object, as described above, so that part of the object adheres to the intermediate surface 12. A part of the object engaged with the intermediate surface 12 can push (for example, extend completely) onto the engagement elements 14n in contact with this part of the object, this, those clutch elements 14n, which were not pressed, can be pulled to different depths of the object to essentially completely "fill" the cavities of the object, not adhered to the intermediate surface 12, so that the object can be engaged and supported I on a larger surface, the total surface area proportional to the object, compared to other embodiments.

In addition, the installation device 10, containing the set 140 of the clutch elements 14n, can be attached to the installed object so that this object can adhere to surfaces of irregular shape, which are configured to react to magnetism.

As mentioned earlier, the disclosed method can be implemented in various ways. In FIG. 16A and 16B show an embodiment of an installation device in which a minimum number of components can be used to implement the method of the invention. In the illustrated embodiment, the control component may be suspended on a structure which, in other embodiments, may constitute an intermediate surface, and this control component may be movable relative to the device and clutch member. The clutch member may be similar to the clutch member 14 of FIG. 12.

In FIG. 17A-17B show a housing 500 for an embodiment of an installation device 10 similar to that of FIG. 1. The housing 500 has a front portion 510 and a rear portion 520. The front portion 510 and the rear portion 520 may be coupled together in a two-leaf configuration, as shown in FIG. 17B. In addition, the front part 510 can be adapted to move the clutch member 514 through it, and the rear part 520 can be mounted to the mounting surface comprising the ball joint fastener 550 using the socket component 540 of the mounting device (shown in FIG. 17A). As shown in the figure, the socket component 540 may, for example, be formed by a segment of the rear portion 520 of the mounting device 500. In these embodiments, the ball joint 550-540 can allow the mounting device 500 to be movable relative to the mounting surface, for example, in a pivoting manner (around a longitudinal, transverse or vertical axis, etc.). For example, a ball-type fastener 550 may allow the user to optionally adjust an installed object (not shown) manually (up, down, left, right, etc.). In this regard, the mounting element 550 ball type can be made in the form of a protrusion from a wall, table or other surface, and the user adjusting the ball joint 550-540 can improve the viewing angle of the screen (for example) of an installed object by adjusting the position of the installation device relative to the connecting element 550 ball type.

As shown in FIG. 17B, the rear portion 520 may serve as a abutment surface corresponding to the embodiment of FIG. 1, the front portion 510 may serve as an intermediate surface, and the engagement member 514 may be movable between them. The front and rear parts 510, 520 may be adapted to be attached to each other using angled flanges 530 and mounts (not shown).

As shown in FIG. 17C, a front view of the housing 500 is shown, the intermediate surface of the installation device may have a proximal edge P and a distal edge Q. The proximal edge P can be defined relative to the far edge Q with a minimum short distance D _S measured from the proximal edge P to the engagement member 514, which is less than the minimum longest distance D _L, measured from the distal edge to Q clutch member 514. In some embodiments, the minimum distance D _S short and long minimum distance D _L may be equivalent ( .e. D _S = D _L, as when using a circular intermediate surface configuration). For the purposes of this disclosure, an embodiment of an installation device in which the minimum short distance D _S is equal to the minimum long distance D _L will have at least one distal edge Q and no proximal edge P.

In some embodiments, the device and / or system may be configured such that the object can be rotated uncoupled from the installation device. Thus, the edge of the intermediate surface can have at least one axis of rotation, and the disengaging force exerted on the object can cause the object (and / or the interface of the object) to rotate in contact with the contact area of the edge of the intermediate surface during rotation so that the object can be moved around the axis of rotation of the edge of the intermediate surface. Moving the object around the axis of rotation can lead to a rotational detachment of the object from the installation device along the arc of disengagement. In FIG. 17C shows the pivot axis P _a defined by the proximal edge P of the front segment 510 (intermediate surface) of the housing 500 (installation device).

Therefore, in some embodiments, the rotary uncoupling of the object along the detachment arc A _de may be optional (for example, available as an alternative detachment path in addition to the detachment path along the clutch line L _e ), and may be preferable to disengagement along the clutch line L _e , because the uncoupling force required to perform rotary uncoupling of an installed object along the disengagement arc A _de may be less than the uncoupling force required to disengage the object from y stanovochnogo coupling device along the line L _e. Regardless of the detachment path (for example, along the detachment arc A _de or along the clutch line L _e ), the object can be detached from the installation device in stages.

As shown in FIG. 17D, which shows a side view of a system comprising a housing 500 and a partially detached object interface 570 that is adapted to engage with a clutch 514 through a slot 575, the object interface 570 may be configured relative to a mounting device (i.e., housing 500) in this way so that it can pivotally detach from the installation device. The object interface 570 may be configured so that the disengaging force applied to the object (or object interface 570) in a direction that is substantially perpendicular to the axis of rotation P _a defined by the edge of the intermediate surface can cause the interface 570 of the object to rotate with the contact area edge defining _a pivot axis P (e.g., in this embodiment, the proximal edge of the front part P 510), so that the object interface 570 could be moved about a pivot axis P could tilt _a and father os from the positioning device along the arc unlatching A _de. Consequently, the power unlatching can be attached in any of the two directions defined in the present embodiment, the clutch line L _e (e.g., in a direction towards the base the limiting position of clutch member 514 or in the direction from the base limit position clutch member 514) for pivoting disengaging interface 570 objects.

Additionally, uncoupling the pivoting may be accomplished in several disengagement forces, which are attached in substantially opposite directions, the respective coupling line L _e, to the portions of the object interface 570 (or portions of the object), which are located substantially opposite each other relative to the proximal end P. For example , a user who wants to rotate the object from the installation device can apply a disengaging force to the upper part of the object interface in the direction from the installation device (from the base limit position of the clutch member 514) and at the same time apply force to the detachable bottom part of the interface object in the direction to the mounting device (limiting position to the base coupling member 514) for disengaging the object from the rotary adjusting device.

Embodiments of the installation device and / or system may be configured to simplify (e.g., facilitate) the rotary disengagement along one or more edges of the installation device, configured to make it difficult (e.g., more complicated) to rotate disengagement along one or more edges of the installation device, or made in such a way that the rotary uncoupling of the object (or the interface of the object) was impossible. For example, the minimum short distance D _S , the minimum long distance D _L , the adhesion depth d _{a of the} device, the depth d _{o of} the object interface, the shape of the clutch element and / or the placement of the first installation magnet can be such as to facilitate or prevent the object from pivotally detaching from the installation devices.

In one embodiment, the depth of the object interface d _o can be selected relative to the depth of the engagement element 514 so that rotary disengagement of the object is not possible. In other words, for a rotatable uncoupled object, the engagement member 514 may be too long with respect to the object interface depth d _o .

In other embodiments, the width and / or size of the intermediate surface (i.e., D _L and Ds) can be selected relative to the size of the object (or the interface of the object) in such a way as to simplify or prevent the rotational detachment of the object. A greater distance (D _L or D _S ) between the engagement member 514 and the corresponding edge Q or P of the intermediate surface may require a greater (eg, higher) disengagement force to effect rotary disengagement along the corresponding edge of Q or P (i.e., may complicate the rotary disengagement of the object interface), while a smaller distance between the engagement member 514 and the edge Q or P of the intermediate surface may require a lower (e.g., relatively weak) disengagement force to provide rotational disengagement along the length l of the corresponding edge Q or P (i.e., it can simplify the rotary uncoupling of the object interface). Accordingly, rotary disengagement along the far edge Q may require a relatively greater disengagement force than rotary disengagement along the proximal edge P.

As an alternative or addition, the installation device can be made (for example, may have a shape) so that the contact area between the interface of the object and the edge of the intermediate surface defining the axis of rotation is reduced, while the reduced (for example, smaller) contact area defining the axis of rotation, may make rotary disengagement less likely and / or more difficult. For example, as shown in FIG. 17A-17C, some embodiments of the installation device may include an intermediate surface that is designed so that the minimum long distance D _{L is} constant along the far edge Q. Embodiments with a constant minimum long distance D _L may include a curved far edge Q.

The curved distal edge Q can make rotational uncoupling along the far edge Q more difficult (and reduce the likelihood of unintentional detachment) because the curved far edge Q can create a smaller contact area along the axis of rotation compared to a substantially flat (e.g. straight) far edge Q while a smaller contact area, occupying a smaller part of the axis of rotation, may not provide the same effect and / or stability for rotary disengagement, as with a substantially flat (eg, straight) far edge Q along identical to the axis of rotation. For example, an object that rotates around a curved distal edge Q can only adhere to a portion of the distal edge Q in response to the disengagement force and, therefore, cannot be stable along the axis of rotation associated with the far edge Q when overcoming the resulting adhesion force between the object and installation device. In contrast, an object that rotates around a substantially flat far edge Q can fully engage with the far edge Q in response to the disengagement force and, therefore, can be more stable along the axis of rotation associated with the far edge Q. Relative instability along the curved far edge Q may require concentrated (e.g., more accurate, stable and / or targeted) disengagement forces to overcome the resulting adhesion forces of the mounting device or rotary uncoupling system so that It would reduce the likelihood of unintentional disengagement. In addition, since such a concentrated disengagement force may be required, the user may find that rotary disengagement along the curved edge of the installation device may be perceived as less desirable (e.g., more difficult) compared to rotary disengagement along a substantially flat (e.g., straight) edge installation device.

Accordingly, the minimum short distance D _S , the minimum long distance D _L and / or the shape (s) of the edges (edges) of the installation device can be selected so that the simplest means of rotary disengagement (for example, the path of least resistance) are more obvious (for example , intuitive) for the user of the installation device or system. Therefore, the intermediate surface of the installation device can be made so as to simplify the rotational disengagement of the object or to hinder the rotational disengagement of the object along one or more edges of the installation device in accordance with a specific application.

The object interface can also be configured to simplify, prevent, or alter the rotational disengagement of the object from the installation device. For example, in some embodiments, the uncoupling arc A _de can be changed due to the depth of the gap G _d between the object interface 570 and the intermediate surface of the installation device when the object interface and installation device are in an interlocked and installed configuration. For example, in one embodiment of a system in which an object interface comprises a protruding disk (as shown in FIG. 29, described below), the gap depth G _d may be defined by the area between the intermediate surface and the central surface of the object interface, while the gap depth G _d It could lead to greater discrepancy between the arc unlatching a _de L _e and clutch disengagement line with the distance (e.g., distance required to fully disengage the object from the interface setting device) during a pivoting unhooking Ia object compared to a substantially zero depth of gap G _d. In the embodiment of FIG. 17D, the depth of the gap G _d is essentially zero (i.e., the depth of the gap G _d is essentially none), because the object interface 570 is designed to engage substantially flush with the intermediate surface (front 510) when fully engaged installation device. In any case (for example, whether or not there is a gap depth Gd between the central surface of the object and the installation device during the system engagement), the components and / or elements of the installation device and object interface (such as the depth of engagement with the device d _a , the depth and / or the shape of the clutch element; the depths and / or diameters of the components of the clutch element; the depth of the disk; the diameter of the object interface cavity, etc.) can be made taking into account the minimum short distance D _S to simplify the disengagement path, respectively the relevant desired chain of separation A _de . For example, as shown in FIG. 17D, one or more leading edges of the engagement member 514 may have a shape that facilitates pivoting along the desired engagement arc A _de .

With reference to FIG. 18 illustrates another embodiment of a mounting device 10 used to engage and attach to an object. In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 18, the object is an object interface 20 configured to attach to an object to be installed.

The installation device 10 can be made so that the first installation magnet is supported in the first plane P1, and the second installation magnet is supported in the second plane P2. The first plane P1 may be a conditional plane defined by the intermediate surface 12 of the installation device 10, and the second plane P2 may be a conditional plane defined by the clutch member 14 of the installation device, as described above. Accordingly, the intermediate surface 12 and the clutch element 14 can be configured to respond to magnetism.

In some embodiments, the first positioning magnet may consist of several magnets. Similarly, the second mounting magnet may consist of several magnets. In the embodiment of FIG. 18, the first installation magnet consists of one magnet 30, and the second installation magnet consists of four magnets 40 arranged as shown in the figure. Number, type, strength, location, remoteness of magnets, etc. relative to each other and relative to other components of the installation device can be selected in such a way as to ensure the location of the installed object and the satisfaction of user requirements.

At least one of the mounting magnets (or a group (s) of magnets containing the mounting magnet (s), as shown in the present embodiment) may be arranged to move independently of the other mounting magnet along a clutch line L _e intersecting the first and second planes P1, P2. In this regard, the movement of the mounting magnet (s), which is movable (which in some cases may be the first and second mounting magnets), can be limited so that each movable mounting magnet can only move between the corresponding outer limit position OL and the corresponding base limit position BL.

The outer limit position OL can be set, for example, by stops 56 protruding from a component of the mounting device 10. In the embodiment of FIG. 18, the clutch member 14 is movable relative to the fixed intermediate surface 12. The clutch member 14 is slidably inserted into the cylinder 35 of the intermediate surface 12 by contacting the surface 36, with the stops 56 being inwardly extending protrusions in the side wall 52 of the intermediate surface. The stops 56, in turn, are arranged to contact the corresponding flange 51 of the clutch member 14 to stop the clutch member 14 from moving. Thus, the outer limit position OL is set by the position of the second positioning magnet 40, in which the flange 51 is in contact with the stops 56. However, in other embodiments, guides 56, a basic limit position BL, OL outer limit position and length L _e of coupling lines may be defined by other components of the installation device 10 and / or other intercept uktsy data components.

The mounting magnets 30, 40 may be configured to interact for engagement with the object being mounted (object interface 20) so that a resulting adhesion force arises between the mounting magnets and the object interface to hold the object on the installation device. Thus, the corresponding external limit positions of the movable positioning magnets (for example, the second positioning magnet 40 in the embodiment of FIG. 18) can be made in such a way that the disengagement force, which is less than the resulting adhesion force and which acts on the mounted object, gradually overcomes the effect of the resulting adhesion forces due to the gradual overcoming of the action of the corresponding adhesion forces of the first and second mounting magnets to disengage the object.

As shown in FIG. 18, the clutch member 14 and / or the intermediate surface 12 may be movable between the extended position and the retracted position. In the retracted position, the movable clutch member and / or the intermediate surface can be shifted away from the object to be installed (for example, can be shifted toward the base limit position BL). In the extended position, these movable clutch elements and / or the intermediate surface can be biased towards the object to be mounted (for example, they can be biased towards the outer limit position OL). Thus, the proximity of the object (interface 20 of the object) with the clutch element 14 can create an attractive force between the object and the clutch element, which will lead to the adhesion of the object with the clutch element. Similarly, the proximity of the object (interface 20 of the object) to the intermediate surface 12 can create an attractive force between the object and the intermediate surface, which will lead to the adhesion of the object to the intermediate surface, while the installation device 10 provides a phased coupling of the installed object due to the corresponding attractive forces.

In the embodiment of FIG. 18, an object interface 20, for example, may include a first object magnet 31 and a second object magnet 41 (or, as shown in this example, the second object magnet may consist of several magnets). The first magnet 31 of the object and the second magnet 41 of the object can be made (for example, have a specific location and size) with the ability to attract or attract to the first or second installation magnet 30, 40 of the installation device 10. In the illustrated embodiment, the first magnet 31 of the object is configured to respond and interact with the first positioning magnet 30, and the second object magnets 41 are configured to respond and interact with magnets containing the second positioning magnet 40. Although in FIG. 18, the first and second object magnets 31.41 are shown to be located essentially in the same plane (on one surface 22), in some embodiments, the object interface 20 may comprise a central surface adapted to respond to magnetism and an auxiliary surface located at some distance from central surface and configured to respond to magnetism. As described above, in such embodiments, the central surface may define a third plane, and the auxiliary surface may define a fourth plane.

Various installation system options can allow users to selectively interact with an installed object (for example, choose to move an object for intentional disengagement, or vice versa, choose to move an object for intentional interaction with it) using relatively minor adjustments to the object (such as creating a traction locking force, as described above ) In some embodiments, the installation device and the interface of the object can be coordinated so that the user can selectively manipulate the object without having to create a blocking adhesion force.

In FIG. 19 illustrates a system 600 comprising an installation device 610 and an object interface 620. In this embodiment, the clutch member 614 is shown in an extended state, wherein the central surface 626 of the object is adapted to align with the clutch member 614 so that at least a portion of the clutch member 614 can be inserted into the central surface 626. In addition, the protruding portion 698 of the clutch member 614 may comprise a channel 608, and the central surface 626 of the object interface 620 may comprise a roller 609. The clutch member 614 and the central surface 626 of the object may be configured respect to each other so that a portion of the roller 609 can be put into the channel 608 when the object interface 620 is completely engaged (i.e., installed) with the mounting device 610, and when the insertion device is in a position in which the coupling line L _e do not match with gravity vector. Landing of the roller 609 can be achieved by selecting the strength of the first positioning magnet 630 (consisting of six magnets in the embodiment of FIG. 19) and the strength of the third positioning magnet 641 (in this embodiment, consisting of a ferrous metal plate and an attached permanent magnet) so that the final movement of the interface 620 of the object during installation was a movement in the direction of gravity, which will put the roller 609 into the channel 608 (i.e., by choosing the configuration of the installation magnets so that the adhesion force was less than gravity in a direction substantially perpendicular to the adhesion line L _e ). In addition, the supporting surface 680 of the mounting device 610 may be adapted to be attached to a movable supporting arm (not shown) so that the device is movable. Thus, when the object is set and the platen 609 is seated in place, the user can move the object (and the device) along the L _e clutch line without unhooking it, since the object interface 620 may be structurally linked to a positioning device 610 in both directions along the coupling line: by means of a channel 608 in the direction from the installation device (i.e., in the direction usually being the disengagement direction) and by the front side 685 of the intermediate surface 612 towards the installation device (i.e., in the engaged direction) I). Therefore, the user can manipulate the object, moving it both to itself and from itself (and in various other directions, using the constructive support of the installation device 610 for the object interface 620, as described above), without detaching the object. In addition, when the user wants to detach the object, he can, before applying a detachment force less than the total adhesion force, move it in the direction opposite to gravity to remove the roller 609 from the channel 608, followed by a phased disengagement of the object (as described above). Thus, the user can selectively interact with the installed object and determine whether the object should remain coupled to the installation device by imperceptible, while intentional, moving the object relative to the installation device.

System 600 may also be configured to charge an object to be installed. Accordingly, the system can be designed such that an electrical connection can be made between the installation device and the object to be installed. The system may be configured to transmit electricity and / or data between an object, an installation device, an object interface and / or an installation surface (or any combination thereof). Accordingly, the system can be configured to support several electrical connections and / or several types of electrical connections (for example, a DC connection, a USB connection, a micro-USB connection, etc.), with the installation device and / or interface An object can be configured to support several types of electrical connections.

In FIG. 20A shows a system 600 for mounting an object on a mounting surface. The system 600 may include an installation device 610 and an object interface 620, and may be configured such that an electrical connection can be established between the installation device 610 and an installed object (not shown). The object to be installed can be a mobile electronic device (for example, a tablet computer, smartphone, GPS device, etc.), and the object interface 620 can be a case that can be mounted with a mobile electronic device and an installation device 610 (for clarity, the front of the cover of the mobile device is not shown in the figure). Installation device 610 may be configured to be mounted to the installation surface (e.g., wall, windshield, pillar, etc .; it is also not shown).

The installation device 610 shown in FIG. 20A may comprise an intermediate surface 612, a clutch member 614, and a base surface 680, which may be adapted to be attached to a mounting surface (not shown). The intermediate surface 612 can define the first plane and can be configured to respond to magnetism by placing the first installation magnet, consisting of six magnets 630, in the first plane. The clutch element 614 may contain several components of the clutch element (614 ', 614''), while at least one of the several components of the clutch element can be configured to respond to magnetism. Several components of the clutch element may be located in a telescopic and / or enclosed (nested) configuration. As shown in FIG. 20A, the clutch member 614 may comprise two clutch member components 614 'and 614''that can respond to magnetism by placing several second mounting magnets (magnets 640' and 640 '' respectively) in several respective second planes (in this embodiment, two), while the components 614 'and 614''of the clutch element can have a nested and telescopic configuration. The clutch member 614 may be configured to move between the outer limit position (extended state) and the base limit position (retracted state) along the clutch line L _e that intersects the first plane. Part of the intermediate surface 612 may have an opening in which is slidably may include clutch member 614 to substantially align the coupling line L _e along the central axis X of coupling member 614 by moving coupling member 614 between the extended and retracted states. The base surface 680 may have a control component 660, which may be configured to exert a control force on the clutch member 614 to bias the clutch member 614 toward the retracted state. In FIG. 20A, the clutch member 614 is depicted in an extended state.

The object interface 620 shown in FIG. 20A may comprise a central surface 626 of an object that can respond to magnetism by placing a third installation magnet 641 in the third plane. In this embodiment, the third installation magnet 641 may comprise several magnets (ferrous metal plate and attached permanent magnet). The central surface 626 of the object can be adapted to engage with the clutch element 614 through the cavity 675 using the configuration of the magnet 641 relative to the magnets 630, 640 'and 640' '(i.e., when the object interface 620 approaches the installation device 610, between the magnet 641 and magnets 630, 640 'and 640' 'attract force). Accordingly, the central surface 626 of the object can be configured to insert at least part of the clutch element 614 through the cavity 675 when the interface 620 of the object is fully engaged (ie installed) with the installation device 614. Each component of the clutch element ( 614 ', 614' ') may include a protruding part (698', 698 '') and a front side (688 ', 688' ') connected to the protruding part, while the protruding part (s) can be configured to withstand at least part of the weight of the object. In this embodiment, the surface 623 of the protruding portion of the central surface 626 of the object can be adapted to engage with the protruding portion 698 ″ of the clutch member component 614 ″. Thus, in this embodiment, the clutch member 614 can support at least a portion of the weight of the object.

The interface of the object can be made with the possibility of self-alignment with respect to the installation device before the clutch. In this embodiment, the third mounting magnet 641 and the cavity 675 of the object interface 620 can be made taking into account the second installation magnet 640 'and the clutch element 614 of the installation device 610 so that before engaging with the clutch element 614 during installation, the cavity 675 can be self-aligned with the central the axis of the clutch element 614. Moreover, the interface of the object can be made taking into account the axis of symmetry of the installed object, while the installed object can be located essentially symmetrically relates flax central axis of clutch member and / or intermediate surface of the mounting device when the interface object fully or partially engaged with the positioning device. The axis of symmetry can intersect the center of gravity of the object (or the center of gravity of the group consisting of the interface of the object and the object, if it differs from the center of gravity of the object). In accordance with the embodiment of FIG. 20A, an object interface 620 may be configured taking into account the axis of symmetry Y of the installed object. The axis of symmetry Y can be aligned with the central axis X of the clutch member 614 when the object interface 620 engages with the setting device 610. Thus, the object can be rotated around the central axis X of the clutch element 614 when the object is engaged with the setting device 610, while the user may find that the object rotates more freely and requires less effort than when the interface 620 of the object is not aligned with the symmetry axis Y of the object. In addition, system 600 may require a lower net grip force to maintain (e.g., hold) an object in one of several reorientation positions, which can be achieved by rotating the object relative to the net grip force needed to maintain the object in an equivalent reorientation position, compared to case when the interface 620 of the object is not performed taking into account the axis of symmetry Y of the object.

As already mentioned, the system can be designed so that between the object and the installation device it was possible to establish an electrical connection when the interface of the object is connected to the installation device. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the engagement element and / or the intermediate surface may comprise at least one connecting interface, while the central surface of the object may also comprise at least one connecting interface. At least one connecting interface, which is part of the installation device, may be configured to transmit data and / or electricity to the object when the object is coupled to the installation device. Thus, the installation device may comprise at least one electrical connector, and the interface of the object may also comprise at least one electrical connector. At least one electrical connector, which is part of the object’s interface, can be adapted to match at least one corresponding electrical connector, which is part of the installation device, when the object’s interface is engaged with the installation device. In other embodiments, the system can be designed so that data and / or electricity can only be transferred between the installation device and the interface of the object (for example, to supply power to only one of the interface elements of the object, and not to the object itself). Thus, the connecting interfaces that are part of the system can be implemented in various ways.

In FIG. 20A, it is also shown that, in addition to the third installation magnet 641, the central surface 626 of the object may include a charger support 601. The central surface 626 of the object may comprise a hole 678 in the surface into which the charger support 601 can be inserted in a sliding manner, while the charger support 601 can be located between the third mounting magnet 641 and the cavity 675 of the central surface 626 of the object when the charger support 601 is fully inserted into the central surface 626 of the object. Thus, an object interface can have modular and / or removable components. Similarly, in some embodiments, the support of the charger may be detachable. When the charger support 601 is fully inserted into the central surface 626 of the object, the charger support 601 can occupy part of the cavity 675. Accordingly, the depth d _{o of} the object interface can be reduced. Thus, in some embodiments, the depth of the object interface can be adjustable. In addition, as shown in FIG. 20A, after complete insertion into the interface 620 of the object support 601 charger may intersect the symmetry axis Y mounted object, the support 601, the charger may cross coupling line L _e and a central axis X clutch member 614 when the central surface 626 of the object is engaged with a mounting device 610

The object interface may comprise at least one interface connector, wherein the at least one interface connector may be an electrical connector. Moreover, an object interface may contain several interface connectors. Also, the interface of the object may contain a standard connector (for example, a micro-USB connector, etc.) configured to attach to the port of the installed object. The object interface may also comprise an interface transmission channel, which is adapted to be attached to a standard connector and to an interface connector (s) for connecting a standard connector and an interface connector (s). Thus, the interface transmission channel can be configured to transmit data and / or electricity between the interface connector (s) and the standard connector. For example, the interface of the object may be a cover for a desktop computer and may include a micro-USB connector configured to be attached to the micro-USB port of a tablet computer (for example, using a micro-USB cable). The transmission channel of the object interface can contain several conductive paths, while each of several conductive paths can correspond to one of several wires in a standard micro-USB cable. Due to this configuration, the interface transmission channel can transfer data and / or electricity between the micro-USB port and the object interface interface connectors. Accordingly, at least a part of the device connectors and the transmission channel of the installation device can be compatible with the micro-USB power / data transfer standard so that the tablet computer can be charged using the installation device and / or exchange data with the installation device, when the interface of the object is coupled to the installation device.

In accordance with the embodiment of FIG. 20A, the support 601 of the charger of the object interface 620 may comprise three interface connectors 606 and a standard connector 604 adapted to be attached to a port of an object to be installed (not shown). Each of several interface connectors 606 may include a connector pin (hereinafter, their groups will be referred to as “groups of connector pins”), and each of several interface connectors 606 (each connector pin) can be moved between the corresponding extended position of the connector and the retracted connector position. The charger support 601 may be configured such that each of several interface connectors 606 (each connector pin) can be biased toward a corresponding extended position of the connector (for example, from the charger support 601 to the installation device 610) using an appropriate connector removal force supplied with the appropriate components to remove the connector (e.g. spring, etc.). A group of connector pins, which is part of the charger support 601, is shown in FIG. 20V. An interface transmission channel 607 may connect a standard connector 604 and interface connectors 606, while the interface transmission channel 607 may comprise several conductive paths (e.g., wires, etc.). Each conductive path that is part of the interface transmission channel 607 may be adapted to be attached to a respective one of several interface connectors 606 (in this embodiment, to one of three) and a corresponding point of electrical contact (for example, to a connector or its equivalent), which is part of the standard connector 604. The interface transfer channel 607 may be integrated into the charger support 601, while the charger support 601 may partially contain non-conductive material and can isolate each conductive path of the interface transmission channel 607 with respect to each other and with respect to other components of the object interface 620. In other embodiments, the interface transmission channel 607 may be a separate component of an object's interface and may include an insulated wire or cable gland, etc. The charger support 601 may be configured so that the standard connector 604 is substantially aligned with the port of the installed object when the charger support 601 is slidably inserted into the hole 678 on the central surface 626 of the object, so that the standard connector 604 can be inserted in the installed object when the support 601 of the charger is fully inserted into the Central surface 626 of the object. Also, the support 601 of the charger may include an adapter port 603, while the adapter port 603 can be configured to insert an external standard connecting cable (e.g., USB, micro-USB, etc .; not shown) that can be used to transfer data and / or electricity to the object through the charger support 601 when a standard connector 604 is inserted (eg, connected) into the object. The charger support 601 may be configured so that data and / or electricity is supplied to the object only from the external standard connecting cable or installation device 610 when the external standard connecting cable and installation device 610 are connected to the charger support 601. The port 603 of the adapter can be essentially identical to the port of the object (for example, if the object has a micro-USB port, then the port 603 of the adapter can be a micro-USB port), or the port 603 of the adapter can have a different type of connection, different from the type of connection of the port of the object (for example, if the object has a micro-USB port, then adapter port 603 may be a USB port, etc.). If the adapter port 603 has a connection type different from the connection type of the object port, the charger support 601 can be used as an adapter for the object so that the object can be compatible with another type of connection when using the charger support 601. This approach may have an additional advantage for the user, because the user may prefer to use an external standard connecting cable for charging the object, the type of which differs from the type compatible with the object port. Regardless of whether the object interface adapter port 603 is substantially identical to the object port, the adapter port 603 can have advantages for the user that the user can connect an external standard connection cable, for example, to transfer electricity and / or data to object, without the need to remove the support 601 of the charger from the interface 620 of the object.

Alternatively or in addition, the charger support 601 may be configured such that the standard connector 604 can be removed from the object port when the position of the charger support 601 remains substantially unchanged relative to the cavity 675 and the installation device 610 (i.e., when the position interface connectors 606 relative to cavity 675 remains unchanged). For example, the support 601 of the charger may include a junction 602, while this junction 602 may be flexible. The joint 602 may be a mechanical joint or may be part of the support 601 of the charger, consisting of a flexible material (for example, rubber, silicone, etc.). Thus, the standard connector 604 can be removed from the object port and can be rotated through junction 602 to provide access to the object port. This functionality may be desirable in the case where the user wants to quickly and easily access the port of the object without having to remove the support 601 of the charger from the interface 620 of the object.

Moreover, in some embodiments, the charger support 601 may be flexible (eg, entirely composed of flexible material) and, therefore, may at least partially adapt to the shape and / or contours of the object and / or the interface of the object. For example, the housing of the charger support 601 may be made of one or more flexible materials (eg, rubber, silicone, etc.), while the interface transfer channel 607 may be flexible. Thus, the standard connector 604 can be connected to the object, and the charger support 601 can extend substantially along the perimeter (e.g., around the corner) of the object in accordance with individual requirements. Also, in some embodiments, the charger support 601 may comprise an adhesive (e.g., a nanofoam layer, a micro-suction cup, sticky adhesive, etc.) so that the charger support 601 can be attached to the object or to the object’s interface disconnect.

In accordance with other embodiments, the charger support may comprise adapter contacts (as an alternative or addition to the standard 604 connector), while the adapter contacts may be connected to an external port adapter that is compatible (i.e., configured to connect) with the port of the installed object . In FIG. 21 illustrates a system 700 that may include an installation device 710 and an object interface 720, wherein the object interface 720 may include a charger support 701. The charger mount 701 may include adapter pins 703 that can connect to an external port adapter (not shown). The external port adapter may be connected to the port of the installed object (for example, through a connector that may be similar to the standard connector 604) and may comprise female contacts configured to connect to the contacts 703 of the charger support adapter.

Also, in some embodiments, the contacts of the charger support adapter and the female contacts of the external port adapter may be magnetically coupled. Thus, the contacts of the object interface adapter may contain one or more magnets. In addition, according to another embodiment, the central surface of the object can be made taking into account the object and the external port adapter (connected to the object port) so that the contacts of the charger support adapter and the female contacts of the external port adapter are connected using magnets when the charger support device inserted into the central surface of the object. The magnetic connection of the adapter contacts (charger supports) with female contacts (external port adapter) can establish an electrical connection between the object and object interface (and, accordingly, the object and installation device when the object interface is coupled to the installation device).

As shown in FIG. 20A, the clutch member 614 of the mounting device 610 may be configured to support multiple connectors 605. Accordingly, in various embodiments, one or more components of the clutch member (614 ', 614'') may have at least one electrical connector (i.e. at least one of several device connectors). Thus, device connectors 605 can be electrical connectors. In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 20A, device connectors 605 can be placed on the front side 688 'of the clutch member 614', which can define the outer limit position OL of the clutch 614 when the clutch 614 is in the extended state (i.e., the clutch member component farthest from base surface 680 when the clutch member is in the extended state). Connectors 605 may be a plurality of ring contacts arranged in a concentric configuration and made of an electrically conductive material (hereinafter referred to as a “set of concentric rings”), with the front side 688 ′ being made of a non-conductive material. In various embodiments, the concentric ring set may be flush with the front of the clutch, may be recessed into the front of the clutch, may protrude above the front of the clutch, or may form a curved surface. In FIG. 20A, the ring contacts are substantially flush with the front side 688 ′ of the clutch member, and in FIG. 26 shows a set of concentric rings formed by a curved surface. The installation device 610 may include a transmission channel 689, which can be mounted to the device connectors 605 and to the conditional component 681. The conditional component 681 can be a power adapter, a charger, a power and / or data transmission port, a printed circuit board, etc. .d. Transmission channel 689 may include one or more conductive paths (for example, wires forming a cable conductor, as shown in FIG. 20A), with each conductive path being attached to one of connectors 605. Transmission channel 689 may connect connectors 605 to one or several points of electrical contact (for example, with electrical connectors or their equivalents, etc.) of conditional component 681. Several second mounting magnets 640 ', 640''in the embodiment shown in FIG. 20A are ring-shaped and pass through them the channel 689 of the transmission of the device to the conditional component 681. The transmission channel 689 can be flexible (for example, a wiring harness) and can be made to minimize its effect on the clutch element 614 when the clutch element 614 moves between the outer limit position OL (an extended state) and the base limit position BL (retracted state) along the coupling line L _e (e.g., channel 689 may be weakened).

As already mentioned, the interface connectors of the object interface can be made taking into account the connectors of the installation device so that an electrical connection can be established between the object interface and the installation device when the object interface is coupled to the installation device. Accordingly, the interface of the object can be designed so that the interface connectors are accessible to the installation device through the cavity in the central surface of the object. As shown in FIG. 20A, the interface connectors 606 that are part of the charger support 601 may be accessible to the installation device 610 through the cavity 675 in the central surface 626 of the object when the charger support 601 is fully inserted into the central surface 626 of the object. The interface connectors 606 can be adapted to match the device connectors 605 located on the front side 688 ′ of the clutch member 614 of the installation device 610. When the object interface 620 is engaged with the installation device 610, at least a part of the element can be inserted into the center surface 626 of the object. the clutch 614 through the cavity 675. The force of gravity acting between the second mounting magnet 640 'and the third mounting magnet 641 can lead to the coupling of the interface connectors 606 and diniteley device 605, the clutch interface connectors 606 and device connector 605 can establish an electrical connection between the mounting device 610 and the interface 620 of the object (and hence sets the object).

As already mentioned, the system 600 can be designed so that each of several device connectors 605 can couple to one of several interface connectors 606 of the object interface 620 so that an electrical connection can be established between the object interface 620 and the installation device 610, when the object interface 620 is interlocked with the installation device 610. The components of the object interface and the installation device, which can be interlocked to establish an electrical connection, can yt implemented in various ways.

In the embodiment of FIG. 20A, the device connectors 605 may be formed by a set of concentric rings (as described above), while the interface connectors 606 may comprise a group of connector pins (described above and shown in FIG. 20B) that can be placed on the charger support 601. When the object interface 620 is coupled to the mounting device 610, each of several interface connectors 606 (each connector pin from a group of connector pins) can couple to one of the connectors 605 (corresponding contact ring from a set of concentric rings) so that between the object interface 620 and an installation device 610 could establish an electrical connection. The force of attraction acting between the second positioning magnet 640 ′ of the clutch member 614 and the third positioning magnet 641 of the object interface 620 can clutch the clutch element 614 and the support 601 of the charger, while the adhesion force arising between the second positioning magnet 640 ′ and the third positioning magnet with a magnet 641, there may be more than a few forces to extract the connector applied to each of several interface connectors 606 (to each connector pin) that are parts of the charger support 601 so that each of several interface connectors 606 can be moved to the retracted position of the connector when the clutch member 614 (via the clutch member component 614 ') engages with the charger support 601. In other words, the adhesion force occurring between the charger support 601 and the front side 688 ′ of the clutch member 614 can compress the interface connectors 606 between the charger support 601 and the device connectors 605. Thus, when the object interface 620 is fully engaged (for example, installed) with the installation device 610, the device connectors 605 (a set of concentric rings) and the interface connectors 606 (a group of connector pins) can be coupled so that between the installation device 610 and the interface 620 an electrical connection has been established, wherein the system 600 may be configured so that the electrical connection between the object interface 620 and the installation device can be maintained during orot the interface 620 of the object and / or installation device 610 relative to the response component (interface 620 of the object and / or installation device 610).

Accordingly, in other embodiments, the roles of system components can be effectively reversed: device connectors can contain a group of connector pins, and interface connectors can contain a corresponding set of concentric rings. In any case, the interface connectors 606 and the device connectors 605 can be designed so that the electrical connection established between the object interface and the installation device can be supported when the object interface and / or installation device is rotated relative to the response component (object interface and / or installation devices).

Some embodiments of the system 600 of FIG. 20A may be configured such that a clutch member component containing device connectors 605 can be rotated about the central axis X of the clutch member 614. In accordance with these embodiments, the mounting device 610 may include a sliding ring 6890 adapted to be attached to the transmission channel 689 of the device, while the sliding ring 6890 can be made so that the transmission channel 689 does not become entangled and does not twist during the rotational movement of the clutch element 614 relative to the bases the surface 680. In other embodiments, the engagement member 614 may have a fixed position relative to the intermediate surface 612 and / or the base surface 680 so that the mounting device 610 can be made without a sliding ring 6890.

In addition, in some embodiments, the connector (s) of the device and / or the interface connector (s) may be configured to respond to magnetism. Thus, the connector (s) of the device and / or the interface connector (s) can be moved between the corresponding retracted position of the connector and the corresponding extended position of the connector under the action of one or more control forces of the connector generated by one or more magnetic components of the system. For example, in accordance with the embodiment depicted in FIG. 20A and 20B, the interface connectors 606 can be configured to respond to magnetism and can move to the retracted position of the connector under the action of the attractive force acting between the interface connectors 606 and the third mounting magnet 641. (Accordingly, in some embodiments, the interface connectors 606 can be located flush or recessed into the charger support 601 when the charger support 601 is fully inserted into the central surface 626 of the object). The force of attraction acting between the second mounting magnet 640 'and the interface connectors 606 may be greater than the force acting between the interface connectors 606 and the third mounting magnet 641, while the interface connectors 606 can move to the extended position of the connector and can engage with the connectors 605 of the device when the interface 620 of the object is coupled to the installation device 610.

Moreover, in some embodiments, the interface connectors 606 and device connectors 605 may be configured to be mutually responsive so that an electrical connection can be maintained (e.g., substantially continuous or uninterrupted) when the object interface 620 slides, etc. relative to the mounting device 610. Such a slip can specify a linear sliding distance and may occur in response to the application of an external force acting on the system (intentionally or unintentionally). For example, the user of the object can intentionally apply external force to the system when interacting with the object, causing the object interface to slide relative to the installation device (as described above with reference to FIG. 19), or slip can occur when an external force is unintentionally applied (for example, shaking and etc.) acting on the system 600 in the event of an unintentional impact or swing. In addition, the system 600 can be designed so that in variants of the system in which such sliding can be a preferred and measurable form of functionality, sliding occurs under the influence of gravity (also described above with reference to Fig. 19). Thus, the maximum linear sliding distance S (shown in FIG. 22) can be predicted (i.e. calculated) relative to other selected components and tolerances of the system (for example, by measuring the difference between the perimeter of the cavity 675 and the perimeter of the clutch element 614). Thus, the width of the annular contact (s), which is part of the interface of the object and / or the installation device, can be selected taking into account the maximum linear sliding distance S and taking into account the width (for example, the areas of the contacting surfaces) of the corresponding pin (s) of the connector so that the electrical connection could be maintained (for example, substantially continuously or without interruption) by sliding the object interface when the object interface is engaged with the installation device.

In other embodiments, device connectors 605 may be a group of connecting pins, and interface connectors 606 may be a set of concentric rings. As shown in FIG. 23, the interface connectors 606 (a set of concentric rings) can be placed on the front surface 6015 of the interface disk 6013, and the charger support 601 can be configured to insert an interface disk 6013 in such a way that the interface disk 6013 can be rotated independently of the support 601 charger and object interface. The object interface 620 may be configured so that the interface disk 6013 can be aligned with the cavity 675 of the central surface 626 of the object when the charger support 601 is fully inserted into the central surface 626 of the object so that the interface disk 6013 can be engaged with the clutch member 614 of the installation device 610, when the object interface 620 is mounted on the installation device 610. The interface disk 6013 may comprise several through pins (not shown in the figure), each of which through their pins may be configured to communicate with one of the front connectors 606 and can act on the rear surface of the disk 6017 6013 interface. The support 601 of the charger may also comprise at least one wide ring (which can be made similar to an annular contact), while several wide rings 6060 can be arranged in a concentric configuration. Each of several through pins of the interface disk 6013 may be configured to contact one of the wide rings 6060. In addition, each of the several wide rings 6060 may define a width exceeding the width of one of the interface connectors 606 (which are part of the ring contacts in this embodiment ), while each of several wide rings 6060 can be made with the possibility of fastening to the corresponding conductive path of the channel 607 of the transmission interface.

The interface disk 6013 may be arranged to move within the thin camera 6065 of the charger support 601. Accordingly, the front surface 6015 of the interface disk 6013 can be moved within the range of movement defined by the boundary edge 6069 of the charger support 601, while the movement of the interface disk 6013 can be limited by the engagement between the boundary edge 6069 of the charger support 601 and the protruding edge 6016 disk 6013 interface. Thus, the disk 6013 interface can be made with the possibility of movement (pivoting, transverse, etc.) relative to the support 601 of the charger. The boundary edge 6069, the protruding edge 6016 and the corresponding widths of each of the several wide rings 6060 can be made taking into account the preferred or permissible maximum linear sliding distance S (described above) so that the electrical connection established between the interface connectors 606 and the connectors 605 of the device , can be supported by sliding the interface 620 of the object relative to the installation device 610. Thus, the interface disk 6013 can be coupled to an element the clutch 614, when the object interface 620 is fully engaged (for example, installed) with the installation device 610 and can be moved taking into account the clutch element 614 (clutch element component in some embodiments). For example, an interface disk 6013 (and interface connectors 606) can be moved by sliding member 614 (and device connectors 605). Accordingly, the through pins that are part of the interface disk 6013 can be configured to maintain contact with the wide rings 6060 when sliding, pivoting, etc. so that an electrical connection can be maintained between the object interface 620 and the installation device 610 during sliding, pivoting, etc. Since a set of concentric rings, consisting of wide rings 6060, can be made taking into account the maximum linear sliding distance S (for example, instead of a set of concentric rings that is part of the interface connectors 606), the surface area defined by each of several interface connectors 606 may be smaller . Thus, each of several interface connectors 606 can be located side by side so that the occupied area (in this embodiment, for example, this is the part of the interface disk 6013 occupied by several interface connectors 606) defined by several interface connectors 606 could be smaller because each of the respective ring contacts, which are part of the interface connectors 606, may not define (for example, require) an appropriate width limiting the maximum linear sliding distance S. C responsibly, the occupied space defined by several respective device connectors 605 may be smaller because device connectors 605 (e.g., connector pins) may be adjacent to each other according to the positions of several interface connectors 606. Furthermore, since the surface area specified by each of there may be fewer several interface connectors 606, the interface disk 6013 may contain (for example, may have space for them) more interface connectors 606 (i.e. more common ring contacts). Similarly, the clutch member 614 may comprise more device connectors 605 (e.g., within the same available location).

Also, in some embodiments, the interface disk 6013 may be responsive to magnetism and may be configured with respect to the clutch member 614 so that the proximity of the interface disk 6013 to the clutch member 614 leads to self-alignment of the interface connectors 606 with respect to the connectors 605 of the device so that when the interface disk 6013 is coupled to the clutch member 614 an electrical connection could be established. Thus, the clutch element 614 (in some embodiments, the component of the clutch element) may contain magnets made to simplify the alignment of the interface connectors 606 and connectors 605 of the device.

In other embodiments of the system, it may also be desirable to magnetically align the interface connectors 606 and device connectors 605. For example, in some embodiments, the device connectors 605 and the interface connectors 606 may be a group of connector pins, wherein the group of connector pins constituting the interface connectors 606 may be adapted to match the group of connector pins constituting the device connectors 605 when the object interface 620 coupled to installation device 610. In FIG. 24, where the charger support 601 of the object interface 620 and (only) part of the installation device 610 are shown, the connectors 605 of the installation device 610 may be a group of connector pins that may be on the front side 688 'of the clutch member 614, and the object interface connectors 606 may constitute a group of connector pins that may reside on a disk interface 6013. The interface disk 6013 may be configured to be inserted into the charger support 601, while the interface disk 6013 may be movable (swivel, cross, etc.) relative to the charger support 601 (described above). The front side 688 'of the clutch member 614 may include a recess 689, while the device connectors 605 can be recessed into the recess 689. Accordingly, the interface connectors 606 can be located on the front surface 6015 of the interface disk 6013, while the front surface 6015 can be made (for example, be shaped) so as to fit with the recess 689 of the clutch member 614 to engage the device connectors 605 with the interface connectors 606 when the front surface 6015 is inserted into the recess 689.

The interface disk 6013 shown in FIG. 24 can be moved relative to the charger support 601 so that the object interface 620 can rotate about the central axis X of the clutch member 614 when the interface disc 6013 is fully engaged with the front side 688 'of the clutch member 614 (i.e., when the front surface 6015 of the disc An interface 6013 is inserted into a recess 689 and an electrical connection is established between the interface connectors 606 and the device connectors 605). In addition, the interface disk 6013 and the front side 688 ′ of the clutch member 614 shown in FIG. 24 may be configured to respond to magnetism, so that the interface connectors 606 and device connectors 605 can be self-aligned (for example, with respect to each other) to engage the interface disc 6013 and the clutch member 614.

In some embodiments, the interface disk 6013 may have at least one correlated magnet, with the front side 688 ′ of the clutch member 614 may have at least one correlated magnet. At least one correlated magnet on the disk interface 6013 can be configured with respect to at least one correlated magnet on the front side 688 ′ of the clutch member 614 so that the proximity of the interface disk 6013 to the front side 688 ′ can cause the interface disk 6013 to move to wherein the interface connectors 606 and the front surface 6015 may be aligned with the device connectors 605 and the recess 689 so that the interface connectors 606 and device connectors 605 They could interlock in such a way that an electrical connection could be established between the object’s interface and the installation device.

Also, in some embodiments, the front side 688 ′ of the clutch member 614 may be movable (e.g., rotatable; or rotary, lateral, etc. in a configuration similar to the configuration of the interface disk 6013 described above) and may be configured to respond magnetism so that the device connectors 605 and the interface connectors 606 are self-leveling during installation. Thus, the interface of the object can be made taking into account the installation device so that the interface connectors and connectors of the device can essentially be self-aligned before the interface connectors and connectors of the device are engaged.

Accordingly, the system can be designed so that regardless of the orientation of the object between the installation device and the interface of the object, an electrical connection can be established when the interface of the object is coupled to the installation device along the clutch line.

In accordance with other options, the interface of the object can be coupled to the installation device so that the first clutch position is established, while in the first clutch position the electrical connection between the object interface and the installation device may not be established. The installed object can be moved so that a second clutch position is established, while in the second clutch position, an electrical connection can be established between the object’s interface and the installation device. For example, the charger support 601 may comprise a group of connector pins located on the front surface of the charger support 601 (which may be identical to the front surface 6015 shown in FIG. 24), so the interface connectors 606 can be in a fixed position (for example, stationary) relative to the support 601 of the charger. Thus, each of several interface connectors 606 can be attached to a corresponding conductive path of the transmission channel 607 of the interface. In this embodiment, the charger support 601 and the front side 688 ′ of the clutch member 614 (which may be identical to the clutch shown in FIG. 24) can be engaged in the first engagement position, while the front surface of the charger support 601 and the recess 689 can be not aligned in the first clutch position. Thus, the object interface 620 (and the charger support 601) can be rotated around the central axis X of the clutch member 614 so that a second clutch position is established, while the front surface of the charger support 601 can be aligned with the recess 689 in the second clutch position so that the front surface can be inserted into the recess 689 (i.e., turned into a position in which the front surface fits the recess 689). Thus, the interface connectors 606 and the device connectors 605 can be engaged in a second engagement position, and an electrical connection can be made between the object interface and the installation device. Accordingly, in such embodiments, the front surface of the charger support 601 can be formed relative to the recess 689 so that the object interface or installation device can be rotated relative to the response device (object interface or installation device) to move the system from the first clutch position to the second clutch position so that an electrical connection can be made. For example, the shapes of the front surface of the charger support 601 and recesses 689 can be selected to rotate to the desired position (for example, from the first clutch position to the second clutch position) until the alignment position is reached and the electrical connection is established.

The arrangement of device connectors and interface connectors may vary in different versions of the system. As shown in FIG. 25, installation device connectors 605 may be located on the protruding portion 698 of the clutch member 614 (shown in the extended state), and object interface connectors 606 may be on the surface 623 of the protruding portion of the central surface 626 of the object. (For clarity, the figure does not show all the components of the interface of the object). Interface connectors 606 may comprise several connector pins (in this embodiment, three), wherein each of several interface connectors 606 (i.e., each connector pin) may be movable between the corresponding extended position of the connector and the retracted position of the connector (as described earlier). Each of several interface connectors 606 can be biased toward a corresponding extended position (for example, from a protruding part supporting surface 623 to an opposite side of the protruding part surface 623) under the action of a corresponding extraction force generated by a corresponding connector extraction component (e.g., a spring).

When the object is engaged with the mounting device, the clutch member 614 can be inserted into the surface 623 of the protruding part of the object interface 620, and the interface connectors 606 can be moved to the retracted position by contacting the front side 688 of the clutch element 614 when the clutch element 614 is inserted into the surface 623 protruding part. Thus, in some embodiments, the edge of the front side 688 (i.e., the meeting point of the front side 688 and the protruding part 698) of the clutch member 614 can be made (for example, have a certain shape, rounded, etc.) so as to simplify moving the interface connectors 606 to the retracted position during engagement.

In addition, in some embodiments, each of several interface connectors 606 may define a corresponding extended position, and each such position may differ from others. Accordingly, each of several connectors 605 of the device can be recessed into a corresponding channel of the protruding part 698 (each channel can be similar to the channel 608 shown in Fig. 19). Each channel can specify a depth that can correspond to the depth of the corresponding device connector. In addition, the depth values of each channel (and, accordingly, the depth values of each of several connectors of the device) can be different. The corresponding extended positions of the interface connectors 606 can be made taking into account the corresponding channel depths of the protruding portion 698 so that an electrical connection can be established between the object interface and the installation device when the object interface is engaged with the installation device. Such an in-depth configuration of staggered device connectors 605 can prevent unwanted contact and / or connection between object interface components (e.g., defined interface connectors) and installation device components (e.g., certain device connectors) when some of the interface connectors 606 move for some of the multiple device connectors 605 during clutch.

In accordance with the embodiment of FIG. 25, the central surface 626 of the object may comprise an interface channel 607 (not shown) and a standard connector 604. In other embodiments, the charger support may have interface connectors 606 in the configuration shown in FIG. 25. Moreover, in some embodiments, the transmission channel 607 of the interface may be adapted to be attached to a printed circuit board or other electrical component that is part of the object, as in an embodiment in which the interface 620 of the object is integrated into the case or case of an electronic device (eg, tablet computer, smartphone, etc.).

In accordance with other embodiments, a portion of the front side of the clutch member may have a curved surface on which at least one connector of the device can be placed. In FIG. 26, the installation device is shown in a free (e.g., uncoupled) configuration with the clutch member in the retracted position. Part of the front side of the clutch element of the installation device may have a curved surface on which several connectors of the device can be placed in a concentric configuration (for example, in the form of a set of concentric rings). The object interface may be made relative to the installation device shown in FIG. 26, so that the support of the charger, the central surface of the object, or another component of the interface of the object can have a corresponding curved surface adapted to fit with the curved surface that is part of the clutch element, while the corresponding curved surface on the support of the charger is the central surface of the object or another component of an object’s interface may have several corresponding interface connectors (for example, a set of concentric rings, connector group, etc.) so that an electrical connection can be made between the object’s interface and the installation device when the object’s interface is coupled to the installation device.

As mentioned above, the installation device may include at least one wireless charger. Accordingly, the present system for mounting an object on an installation surface comprising an installation device and an object interface can be configured such that a wireless charging connection can be established between the object to be installed and the installation device when the object is coupled to the installation device. In addition, a system for mounting an object on an installation surface comprising an installation device and an object interface can be configured such that a connection can be established between the object interface and the installation device for wireless charging of the object when the object is coupled to the installation device.

The configuration of the interface of an object that is part of the system may differ depending on the compatibility of the installed object with wireless charging (i.e., depending on the presence of a component for wireless charging in the object; for example, in an object with a coil and in an object without a coil), while configuration of the object (for example, the location of the component for wireless charging, the ability to respond to magnetism, etc.). For example, depending on the configuration of the object, the interface of the object may be configured to add a wireless charging function, an installation function (for example, for an object configured to not respond to magnetism), or a wireless charging function and an installation function on an object. In addition, in some embodiments, the interface of the object may be configured to adapt the wireless charging function of the installed object in various ways.

In FIG. 27A shows a system 800 for installing and wirelessly charging an object. System 800 may include an installation device 810 and an object interface 820. The mounting device 810 may include an intermediate surface 812, a base surface 880 (shown in Fig. 27B) and a clutch element 814. The clutch element 814 may contain several components of the clutch element (814 'and 814' '), located in a nested and telescopic configurations, with this, the clutch member 814 may be configured to move between the extended state and the retracted state. In FIG. 27A, the clutch member 814 is shown in the extended state.

In FIG. 27B is a cross-sectional view of the system 800 when the mounting device 810 is fully engaged with the object interface 820, and several second mounting magnets (840 'and 840' '), respectively, can be placed on the clutch member components 814' and 814 ''. The second mounting magnet 840 'may be part of a ferrous metal ring, while the second mounting magnet 840' 'may comprise a permanent ring magnet. A first mounting magnet consisting of four magnets 830 may be located on the intermediate surface 812. A control component (not shown) may be located on the base surface 880, and the control component may be configured to bias the clutch member 814 (i.e., each of the components 814 'and 814' 'of the clutch member) toward the retracted state.

The installation device 810 may include a wireless charger, while the wireless charger can be located next to the target installation area so as to be within the charging range of a compatible wireless charging component when the object is engaged with the installation device. In some embodiments, the wireless charger, which is part of the installation device, may contain several components. In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 27A and 27B, the wireless charger may comprise a transmitter coil component 8401 and a transmitter circuit board (not shown). Thus, the wireless charger located on the installation device 810 can be configured to wirelessly charge a compatible electronic device that is installed next to the wireless charger. The transmitter coil component 8401 can be located on the clutch member 814, while the transmitter circuit board (not shown) can be located on the base surface 880, while the transmitter coil component 8401 and the transmitter circuit board can be connected via the device’s transmission channel 889 (e.g., wire or wire harness).

The mounting device 810 may comprise a first shielding component 8411, which may be located on the clutch member 814. The first shielding component 8411 may be configured to partially protect the transmitter coil component 8401.

The interface 820 of the object may be a case for a mobile electronic device (for example, a tablet computer, etc.) made without the possibility of participation in the wireless charging process (i.e., for an object that is not a coil), while the interface 820 of the object may have a central surface 826 of the object, which is made with the possibility of attachment to a mobile electronic device (i.e. to the installed object). A third mounting magnet may be located on the central surface 826 of the object, which may contain several magnets (831 and 841). In this embodiment, the magnet 831 may comprise a round ferrous metal plate with a central hole (i.e., with a hole in the center of the plate), and the magnet 841 may be a permanent ring magnet configured to be attached to the ferrous metal plate. In this embodiment, the object interface 820 may comprise a second shielding component 8412, which may be adapted to be attached to a third installation magnet (831 and 841).

The interface 820 of the object may include a wireless charger, while the wireless charger, which is part of the interface 820, may contain several components. In this embodiment, the wireless charger may comprise a receiver coil component 8402 and a receiver circuit board (not shown), wherein an interface transmission channel 807 (e.g., wire) may be configured to connect the receiver coil component 8402 and the receiver circuit board. The second shielding component 8412 may be configured such that a receiver coil component 8402 may be partially located therein.

The wireless charger, which is part of the object interface 820, can be configured with respect to the wireless charger, which is part of the installation device 810, so that between the object interface 820 and the installation device 810, a wireless charging connection can be established when the object is coupled to the installation device 810. In other words, the wireless charger, which is part of the object interface 820, may be compatible with the wireless charger, an integral part of installation device 810. For example, each wireless charger may be configured in accordance with a wireless charging standard (eg, Qi, Powermat, etc.) to ensure compatibility.

The wireless charger, which is part of the object’s interface, can be configured with respect to the wireless charger, which is part of the installation device, so that a wireless charging connection can be maintained between the installation device and the object when the object’s interface and / or installation device are rotated relative to the response element (object interface or installation device). For example, the receiver coil component 8402, which is part of the object interface 820, and the transmitter coil component 8401, which is part of the installation device 810, can be arranged substantially symmetrically with respect to the central axis of the clutch member 814 when the object interface 820 is engaged with the installation device 810.

The magnet 831 can be made relative to the magnets 830 and magnets 840 ″ so that the attractive force between the magnet 831 and the magnets 830 and 840 ″ occurs when the interface 820 of the object approaches the installation device 810, while the magnet 841 can be made relative to the magnet 840 'so that an attractive force between the magnet 841 and the magnet 840' occurs when the object interface 820 approaches the installation device 810. Thus, as shown in FIG. 27B, an attractive force arising between the second positioning magnet 840 '(one of several second positioning magnets in this embodiment) and the third positioning magnet (in particular, in this embodiment, the magnet 841) can cause coupling between the second positioning magnet 840' and a third positioning magnet, wherein the depth defined by the clutch member 814 'can be made relative to the charging range defined by the transmitter coil component 8401, so that the receive coil component 8402 nick would be within range of the charging component 8401 transmitter coil when the second adjusting magnet 840 'and the third installation bonded magnet. The proximity of the receiver coil component 8402 to the transmitter coil component 8401 within the charging range of the transmitter coil component 8401 can establish a wireless charge connection between the transmitter coil component 8401 and the receiver coil component 8402. A wireless charging connection mounted between the transmitter coil component 8401 and the receiver coil component 8402 may be an inductive charging connection, while the adhesion force between the second positioning magnet 840 'and the third positioning magnet can maintain the position of the receiver coil component 8402 in the charging range of component 8401 of the transmitter coil.

The central surface 826 of the object may have a receiver circuit board (not shown) and a standard connector (for example, a micro-USB connector, etc .; not shown), while the standard connector can be configured to attach to the port of the installed object when the interface 820 of the object is attached to the object. The transmission channel 807 of the interface may be adapted to be mounted to a receiver coil component 8402, a printed circuit board, and a standard connector. Therefore, the interface 820 of the object can be designed so that the energy transmitted through the connection for wireless charging, can be converted into electric current using the printed circuit board of the receiver and can be transferred to the object through a standard connector for charging the object. Thus, in some embodiments, the object interface 820 can act as a wireless charging adapter for the object.

As shown in FIG. 27A and 27B, the second shielding component 8412 may be adapted to align with the first shielding component 8411 so that the receiver coil component 8402 and the transmitter coil component 8401 can be substantially completely contained within the second shielding component 8412 and the first shielding component 8411 when the interface The object 820 is fully engaged with the installation device 810. The location of the receiver coil component 8402 and the transmitter coil component 8401 is essentially completely inside the housing, containing The second shielding component 8412 and the first shielding component 8411 can isolate a wireless charging field (e.g., a magnetic field) associated with the wireless charging connection from other ferromagnetic components and / or magnetic fields located or associated with the mounting device 810 and / or interface 820 of the object. In other words, the second shielding component 8412 and the first shielding component 8411 can be made so that the housing, which is part of the second shielding component 8412 and the first shielding component 8411, can be made with the possibility of direction, blocking, deviation, etc. magnetic fields and / or lines of force field associated with the ferromagnetic components of the installation device (for example, with the installation magnet, etc.) that may interfere with the wireless charging field so that a wireless charging connection can be established between the object and the installation device 810, when the object engages with the mounting device 810. Thus, the housing, which is part of the second shielding component 8412 and the first shielding component 8411, can protect the integrity of the wireless charging field by with a connection for wireless charging.

In other embodiments of the system, the wireless charger, which is part of the installation device, may be a receiver (for example, may include a receiver coil component), and the wireless charger, which is part of an object’s interface, may be a transmitter (for example, may contain a coil component transmitter).

In accordance with another embodiment, the object interface may be configured to be attached to the object with a coil. The object’s interface can be tailored to the installation device so that a compatible wireless charging component that is part of the object can be located within the charging range of at least one wireless charger that is part of the installation device when the object is partially or fully engaged with the installation device.

In other embodiments, an object interface may be configured to be attached to an object with a coil and may include several wireless charging components configured to adapt the functionality of the wireless component that is part of the object with a coil at a desired location on the object interface. For example, if the object to be installed is an object with a coil containing a receiver coil component that is not aligned with the axis of symmetry of the object with the coil, the object interface may include a first wireless charger and a second wireless charger. The first wireless charger may be a wireless transmitter and may be aligned with the receiving component that is part of the coil object, and the second wireless charger may be a wireless receiver configured to attach to the first wireless charger. Thus, the second wireless charger can be configured to simulate the functionality of a receiver coil component that is part of an object with a coil, and can be in a desired location relative to, for example, a wireless charger containing an installation device.

In another embodiment, the object interface may be adapted to adapt the object with the coil to the installation device for wired charging, for example, to the installation device 610 shown in FIG. 20A. For example, an object interface may have a charger support, wherein the first side of the charger support may comprise a wireless transmitter. The wireless transmitter may be located adjacent to the wireless receiver component that is part of the coil object when the object interface is attached to the coil object. The second side of the charger support may comprise several interface connectors, wherein several interface connectors may be made relative to several device connectors that are part of the installation device, so that an electrical connection can be established between the installation device and the interface of the object when the interface of the object is connected to installation device. Thus, when the object’s interface is coupled to the installation device and when the electrical connection is established, the support of the charger can be configured to wirelessly charge the object with a coil, while the voltage to the wireless transmitter, which is part of the support of the charger, can be supplied through the electrical connection. Such functionality may be desirable, for example, when the mobile electronic device does not have a charging port, and the wireless charging and installation system is not available.

In various embodiments, magnets that are part of an installation device or object interface (for example, in the form of an installation magnet, a control component, a conditional component of ferrous metal, etc.) can be made with respect to at least one wireless charger in such a way that a connection for wireless charging could be established between the object and the installation device when the object is coupled to the installation device. In other words, components of the installation device that may interfere with the wireless charging field (eg, an electromagnetic field) associated with the at least one wireless charger may be configured to include at least one wireless charger so that the wireless charging field remains unchanged (i.e. worked correctly). For example, the first positioning magnet and the second positioning magnet can be positioned relative to the at least one wireless charger so that the magnetic field associated with the corresponding first positioning magnet or the second positioning magnet does not substantially interfere (for example, do not intersect) the field of the wireless charging associated with at least one wireless charger. As an alternative or addition, the installation device and / or interface of the object can be made (for example, by configuring shielding materials, magnetic cores, covers, etc.) so that interference from ferromagnetic components and / or magnetic fields that are part of the installation device and / or object interface, could be essentially completely excluded.

In accordance with other embodiments, the installation device may comprise several wireless chargers, wherein each of several wireless chargers may be configured in accordance with a wireless charging standard (e.g., Qi, Powermat, etc.). Thus, an installation device containing multiple wireless chargers can support several wireless charging standards (for example, the installation device can be compatible with Qi and Powermat devices). For example, a wireless charger located on the clutch member may be configured in accordance with a first wireless charging standard (e.g., Qi), and a wireless charger located on an intermediate surface may be configured in accordance with a second wireless charging standard (e.g., Powermat).

In some embodiments, each of several wireless chargers can be positioned relative to one of several corresponding installation target areas such that several wireless charging connections can be established between the installation device and several installable objects. In other words, the installation device can be made in such a way that several objects can be installed and charged wirelessly, while each object can be compatible with different wireless charging standards.

In other embodiments, components of the disclosed installation device may be embedded or located around an existing wireless charging base station to add installation features to the wireless charging base station.

The installation device or system may contain modular components. Thus, in some embodiments, the installation device may comprise at least one modular component. Similarly, an object interface may contain at least one modular component.

Any component, element, group of components, part, etc. installation device may be modular. For example, the clutch element, the intermediate surface, the base surface, the control component, the first installation magnet, the second installation magnet, the housing, several connectors of the device and / or the conditional component can be made in the form of a modular component of the installation device. Similarly, in other embodiments, any component, element, group of components, part, etc. The object interface can also be modular. For example, a charger support, a disk (described in detail below), an interface control component, a third mounting magnet, a central surface of an object, an auxiliary surface of an object, several interface connectors and / or a conditional component can be implemented as a modular component of an object interface.

The functionality of the installation device, the interface of an object or system may differ depending on the number and / or type of modular components located on the installation device, the interface of the object or system, as well as the configuration (s) (for example, relative location, etc.) of the modular component (components). For example, an installation device that is part of the first modular component of the device may have the functionality of the first device. The first modular component of the device, which is part of the installation device, can be removed and replaced with a second modular component of the device, while the second modular component of the device may be different from the first modular component of the device. Thus, the installation device (i.e., the same installation device) containing the second modular component of the device may have the functionality of the second device, while the functionality of the second device may differ from the functionality of the first device. Similarly, an object interface containing a first modular interface component may have the functionality of a first interface, while an object interface containing a second modular interface component may have a functionality of a second interface. Moreover, the system that is part of the installation device and the interface of the object (as described above) may have the functionality of the first system (for example, installation functionality by coupling the installation device having the functionality of the first device and the interface of the object having the functionality of the first interface), the functionality of the second system (for example, due to the functionality of the first device and the functionality of the second interface), the functionality of the third system (for example, due to the lnosti second device and the first interface functionality) or fourth system functionality (e.g., due to the functionality of the second device and the second interface functionality) depending on the configurations and installation device interface object, comprising the system.

In one embodiment, the functionality of the first system may correspond to the first resulting adhesion force between the object interface and the installation device, when the object interface is engaged (installed) with the installation device, the functionality of the second system may correspond to the second resulting adhesion force, the functionality of the third system may correspond to the third resulting adhesion force and etc. Thus, the resulting traction of the system can be adjustable. Similarly, the resulting traction force of the installation device can be adjustable.

In addition, in some embodiments, the installation device may operate without at least one modular component of the device (for example, in an efficient, desirable and / or predictable manner; although the functionality of the installation device, including installation functionality, may be different). Similarly, in some embodiments, an object interface can operate without at least one modular interface component. Moreover, the system can function without at least one modular component of the device and / or at least one modular component of the interface.

In some embodiments, the installation device may include at least one modular component. The clutch element can be made in the form of a modular component of the installation device. Alternatively or in addition, the front side of the clutch member or the front side of the clutch member component may be a modular component of the mounting device. In some embodiments, the component of the clutch element may be made in the form of a modular component of the installation device. For example, at least a portion of the modular clutch member, for example, a clutch member component, may comprise a mesh material, for example, a mesh configuration of fabric or metal chain links, the mesh material may be configured to allow movement of the front side of the clutch member and / or the second installation magnet, and essentially fixed configuration of the component of the clutch element may not provide this.

Moreover, the second installation magnet can be made in the form of a modular component of the installation device. In some embodiments, the second mounting magnet may be made in the form of a modular component of the clutch element. Moreover, the first installation magnet can be made in the form of a modular component of the installation device. In some embodiments, the first mounting magnet may be in the form of a modular component of the intermediate surface.

In addition, in some embodiments, the base surface can be made in the form of a modular component of the installation device. As an alternative or addition, the control component may be implemented as a modular component of the installation device. In some embodiments, the control component may be in the form of a fastener.

The installation device may include a section, while the section can be made in the form of a modular component of the installation device. Moreover, in some embodiments, the installation device may comprise several sections.

The installation device may include a modular housing. In some embodiments, the modular housing may be configured to slide in at least a portion of the mounting device, and the modular housing may be configured to include at least a portion of the mounting device so that the frictional force between the modular housing and at least part of the installation device occurred when a modular housing is attached to at least a part of the installation device. Moreover, the friction force can be made so that the modular housing can be attached with the possibility of detachment, at least to the part of the installation device without fasteners.

In FIG. 28A shows an installation device 910, wherein the installation device 910 may comprise several modular components. The mounting device 910 may include a modular clutch element 914, while the clutch element 914 may be detachably attached to the intermediate surface 912. For example, the modular clutch member 914 can be slidably inserted into the intermediate surface 912 through the first upper hole 991 in the intermediate surface 912 when the clutch member 914 is in the retracted state. In a similar manner, the clutch member 914 may be removable through the first upper hole 991. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the clutch member 914 may be screwed in, latched, etc. in the intermediate surface 912.

As shown in FIG. 28A and 28B, the clutch member 914 may consist of several components of the clutch member (in this embodiment, five) arranged in a nested and telescopic configuration, with the second mounting magnet 940 may be located on the front side 988 ′ of the clutch member component. Thus, in this embodiment, the second mounting magnet 940 may be removable because it is located on the clutch member 914, which is made as a modular component of the mounting device 910, as noted above.

In some embodiments, the mounting device may comprise a second modular mounting magnet, wherein the second mounting magnet may be detachably attached to the clutch member. For example, a component of the clutch member comprising a second mounting magnet may be detachably attached to another of several components of the clutch member that are part of the clutch member. As an alternative or addition, the front side of the clutch element component located on the second installation magnet can be made as a modular component of the installation device. For example, the modular front side can be screwed, latched, etc. in the protruding part of the component of the clutch element and disconnected from it.

The intermediate surface 912 of the mounting device 910 may have a first modular mounting magnet 930, while the first mounting magnet 930 may contain a holding plate having several magnets (in this embodiment, there are six of them). In this embodiment, the holding plate may be made of a material that does not react magnetism (for example, rubber, plastic, etc.). The intermediate surface 912 can be slidably inserted into the first insertion magnet 930 through the first upper hole 991 in the intermediate surface 912. Thus, the first insertion magnet 930 can be removed through the first upper hole 991, respectively, in this embodiment, the first insertion magnet 930 may be implemented as a modular component of the mounting device 910. In other embodiments, the first mounting magnet may comprise several modular holding plates having no how many magnets.

In this embodiment, the mounting device 910 may include a section 913 that can be detachably attached to the intermediate surface 912. Accordingly, the section 913 can be made in the form of a modular component of the installation device 910. The installation device 910 may include a modular base surface 980, while the base surface 980 can be detachably attached to the section 913. In the embodiment depicted in FIG. 28A, the base surface 980 may be detachably attached to the section 913 through the control component 960. Thus, in this embodiment, the control component 960 can be made in the form of a fastener. Also, the control component 960 may be configured to apply a control force to the second mounting magnet 940, configured to bias the clutch member 914 toward the retracted state.

The installation device 910 shown in FIG. 28A may comprise a modular housing 982. The modular housing may be configured to fully or partially accommodate other components of the installation device in accordance with a particular application. In FIG. 28B shows the mounting device 910 when the clutch member 914 is in the extended state, while other components of the mounting device 910 are substantially completely located in the housing 982. The front side 988 ′ of the clutch member may be flush with the housing 982 when the clutch member 914 is in cleaned condition. Additional modular housings can be made in various ways in accordance with a specific application. For example, the modular housing may have at least one access hole so that the modular housing is configured to provide access to one or more elements or components (e.g., ports, input devices, etc.) located on the installation device. In some embodiments, the modular housing may have additional elements, functionality and / or components of the installation device, for example, wireless data transmission antennas, wireless radios, input devices and / or additional components that may be substantially similar or may have the functionality of components of the installation device ( for example, any element or component of the installation device described in detail below). In other embodiments, the modular housing may be made of a relatively soft and flexible material, such as rubber, so that the modular housing is configured to protect the installation device from sudden impacts, such as falls, collisions, or vibrations. In accordance with other embodiments, the modular housing may have fasteners for mounting the installation device to the installation surface in accordance with a specific application.

As shown in FIG. 2 8A, section 913 may have an interchangeable component 981, wherein section 913 may be slidably inserted into the interchangeable component 981 through the second upper hole 992 of section 913. Thus, the interchangeable component 981 may be detachable through the second upper hole 992 (for illustration purposes, the interchangeable component 981 in FIG. 28A is shown in a partially inserted state). In some embodiments, a section may have several interchangeable components. In accordance with one embodiment, a section may be configured to insert a field manipulation component, a card, or a first installation magnet into it, wherein the section may adapt the interchangeable component to one or more components of the installation device. For example, a section may contain several electrical connectors to support the functionality of an interchangeable component, which requires an electrical connection to the device’s transmission channel (e.g., card, etc.). Moreover, a section may have connectors, connectors, input / output ports, etc. in accordance with a specific application. Other interchangeable components that do not require an electrical connection, for example, a field manipulation component or a first mounting magnet, can be configured to prevent contact with several electrical connectors that are part of a section, or can be made using non-conductive components or materials in this way so that the functionality of the transmission channel of the installation device is essentially independent of the mounting of a non-electrical interchangeable component. In some embodiments, the interchangeable modular component of the device may be a standard component of the installation system. Accordingly, the object interface may have an interchangeable modular component of the device. Similarly, in some embodiments, the installation device may have an interchangeable modular interface component. For example, the installation device may have a modular support for the charger, while the modular support of the charger may be a standard component of the installation system.

The interchangeable component 981 can be configured so that the resulting traction force associated with the installation device or system is changed when the interchangeable component 981 is attached to the installation device 910 (i.e., in this embodiment, when inserted into the second upper hole 992) . For example, the interchangeable component 981 may be a field manipulation component, wherein the type of the field manipulation component may vary in accordance with a particular application. For example, the field handling component may comprise a ferrous metal plate, a plastic plate having at least one magnet, an aluminum plate having several ferrous metal covers, etc. in accordance with a specific application. Accordingly, the interchangeable component 981 can be made taking into account the first installation magnet 930 so that the magnetic field associated with the first installation magnet 930 changes significantly when the interchangeable component 981 is inserted into the second upper hole 992, with a significant change in the magnetic field associated with the first positioning magnet 930 may correspond to a change in the resulting adhesion force of the positioning device or system when the object or object interface is engaged with the installation chnym device. In other embodiments, the interchangeable component 981 can be made taking into account other components of the installation device 910 (for example, taking into account the second installation magnet 940, the control component 960, etc.) and can be made with the possibility of changing the functionality of these components (for example, moving the element clutch 914, the magnitude of the control force, etc.).

In some embodiments, the interchangeable component 981 may be configured to be movable between a front limit position and the rear limit position along the coupling line L _e. For example, an interchangeable component configured to move may be a field manipulation component. When the object is fully engaged with the installation device 910 and when the field manipulation component is in the front limit position, the adhesion force arising between the first installation magnet 930 and the object (or object interface) may be greater than the adhesion force acting between the first installation magnet 930 and the object (or object interface) when the object is fully engaged with the installation device 910, and the field manipulation component is in the rear limit position. Thus, in some embodiments, the resulting traction can be adjusted by moving the interchangeable component 981 between the front limit position and the rear limit position. In addition, the installation device 910 can be configured so that the interchangeable component 981 can move when the object is engaged with the installation device 910. Thanks to this configuration, the user can, for example, move the field handling component to the front limit position so that the object can more securely attached to the installation device (for example, so that the resulting traction force is greater so that a blocking traction force can be created, etc.), while before tsepleniem user can move the object component field manipulation to the rear limit position so as to detach the object from the insertion device 910 require less effort.

The installation device and / or interface of an object may include at least one card, an input device, a field manipulation component, a battery, a power source, a power adapter, a plug adapter, a power port, an electromechanical machine, a door latch, a speaker, and / or a lamp (e.g. , LED, etc.), wherein at least one card, a card component, an input device, a field manipulation component, a battery, a power source, a power adapter, a plug adapter, a power port, an electric Machine mechanically latch, a speaker and / or a lamp (e.g., LED, etc.) may be provided as a modular component mounting device or object interface or can be located on the modular component mounting apparatus and / or the object interface. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the installation device, the interface of the object, and / or the installation system may be intelligent. Also, in accordance with a specific application, any modular component of the installation device, object interface and / or installation system can be intelligent.

For example, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 28A and 28B, interchangeable component 981 may comprise a battery, a power source, a power supply unit, a power adapter, a card, a card component, a drive, a memory card reader, a data port, a power port, a wireless data transmission module (e.g., a WiFi module, a Bluetooth module, a cellular communication module, etc.) and / or a field manipulation component (as mentioned above); the base surface 980 may have a power adapter, a plug adapter, a battery, a power supply, a power supply, a card reader, a data port, a power port, a mounting fixture and / or a mounting adapter; the coupling element 914 may have at least one wireless data transmission component, a wireless data transmission module, a tactile sensor and / or a lamp; the intermediate surface 912 may have at least one proximity sensor, a tactile sensor, a motion detector, a digital camera, a wireless data transmission component, a cellular data transmission component, a wireless data transmission module, an ambient light sensor and / or a lamp; the first mounting magnet 930 may have at least one wireless data transmission component; the housing 982 may have at least one proximity sensor, a tactile sensor, a motion detector, a digital camera, a wireless data transmission component, a wireless data transmission module, an ambient light sensor and / or a lamp.

In addition, the installation device and / or the interface of the object can be made so that the first modular component having the first functionality can be interchangeable with the second modular component having the second functionality. For example, the first upper hole 991 and the second upper hole 992 may be configured to insert a first mounting magnet 930 or an interchangeable component 981 thereto. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the intermediate surface 912, section 913 and / or interchangeable component 981 may be a manipulation component a field configured to shield the card or card component from the magnetic influence of the first installation magnet 930, the second installation magnet 940 and / or other components installation device 910. Similarly, the object interface may comprise a field manipulation component, wherein the field manipulation component may be configured such that the object, such as a speaker, is shielded from the magnetic influence of the installation device.

Some modular components of the installation device or site interface may require electricity. Thus, the modular component of the device can be made taking into account the installation device so that between the modular component of the device and the installation device, an electrical connection can be established when the modular component of the device is attached to the installation device. Similarly, the modular interface component can be configured taking into account the interface of the object so that an electrical connection can be established between the modular interface component and the object interface when the modular interface component is attached to the object interface. Accordingly, the modular component of the device or the modular component of the interface may include at least one electrical connector, while the installation device or interface of the object may contain at least one corresponding electrical connector. As an alternative or addition, the modular component of the device or the modular component of the interface may be configured to power or charge wirelessly. For example, the modular component of the device or the modular component of the interface may comprise a component of the receiver coil so that the modular component of the device or the modular component of the interface can participate in a connection for wireless charging, for example, in a connection for inductive charging. Moreover, as already mentioned, the installation device or the interface of the object may contain a component of the transmitter coil, while the component of the transmitter coil, which is part of the installation device or interface of the object, can be configured to wirelessly charge the components of the modular device and / or modular components of the interface, which are part of the installation device, the interface of the object and / or the installation system.

In some embodiments, the modular component of the device or the modular component of the interface may be a standard modular component of the installation system. The installation device and the interface of the object can be made taking into account each other and taking into account the configuration of the standard modular component so that the standard modular component can be attached with the possibility of detachment to the installation device or interface of the object. Accordingly, a standard modular component can, for example, be removed from the interface of the object and attached to the installation device and vice versa. For example, in some embodiments, the modular card, the modular mounting magnet, and / or the modular support of the charger may be a standard modular component of the installation system.

In addition, the modular card can be designed so that the modular card can be attached to a substantially identical modular card with the possibility of detachment, and a section that can be located on the installation device and / or interface of the object (for example, in the case of a standard section) can be made with the possibility of inserting into it one modular card and / or several modular cards in a mount configuration with the possibility of detachment. For example, each of several modular cards may comprise at least one of several electrical connectors that are adapted to be attached to respective multiple electrical connectors located on a substantially identical modular card. In some embodiments, several electrical connectors may be detachably attached using magnets.

Similarly, in some embodiments, each of several modular components of the device may be configured to be magnetically detachable.

In some embodiments, the modular support of the charger may include a card, a transmission channel and several electrical connectors, while the modular support of the charger containing a card, a transmission channel and several electrical connectors can be made as a standard modular component of the installation system. For example, the standard support of the charger can be made in the form of an interchangeable component of the object interface and the installation device, while the standard support of the charger can be located on the central surface of the object interface of the object and can be located on the base surface of the installation device.

The modular components of the installation device, the interface of the object or installation system can be configured to change the functionality of the installation device, the interface of the object or system in accordance with a specific application. For example, the housing 982 may be made of a material that does not affect and does not respond to magnetism (e.g., aluminum, plastic, etc.). Alternatively, in some embodiments, housing 982 may be configured to respond to magnetism. In any case, the housing 982 may be configured to influence the functionality of the installation device in the prescribed manner in accordance with a specific application.

For example, the housing 982 can be made taking into account the first installation magnet 930 so that the magnetic field associated with the first installation magnet 930 changes significantly (for example, magnetic lines of the force field, force curves, force values, etc.). In accordance with one embodiment, the plastic housing 982 may have at least one magnet, and at least one magnet located on the housing 982 may interact with the first positioning magnet 930 so that the attractive force acting between the first positioning magnet 930 and object (or object interface), when the housing 982 is attached to the installation device 910, more than the attractive force acting between the first installation magnet 930 and the object (or interface of the object) when the case is not attached to the device to the mounting device 910. Accordingly, the resulting traction force of the mounting device or system may be greater.

Alternatively, some housing configurations 982 may produce less resulting traction between the installation device and the object. For example, a thicker body 982 may increase the distance between the first positioning magnet 930 and the object (or object interface) when the object is engaged with the positioning device 910, while a larger distance between the first positioning magnet 930 and the object may result in a smaller (i.e. weaker) resulting traction. Similarly, the housing 982 can define a curved surface, while the curved surface defined by the housing 982 can increase the distance between the first positioning magnet 930 and the object (or object interface) when the object is engaged with the positioning device 910. In other words, the modular body can be made so that the air gap between the magnet located on the installation device and the magnet located on the object or the interface of the object was greater. In other embodiments, the housing 982 may be comprised of a material that responds to magnetism (e.g., ferrous metal) so that the housing 982 is a magnet, as described above. As an alternative or addition, the housing 982 may include ferrous metal covers configured to partially accommodate a first mounting magnet 930 (or at least one of several magnets containing the first mounting magnet 930). Thus, the resulting adhesion force of the installation device and / or installation system can be controlled by fixing, disconnecting or replacing the modular housing 982.

In fact, since the resulting adhesion force between the installation device and the object (or object interface) can be determined in whole or in part due to the relative proximity of the magnets that are part of the installation device or installation system (for example, distances, depths, air gaps, etc.) e. between the magnets), as well as the corresponding magnetic field (s) associated with the magnets (e.g. relative power, shape, etc. of the magnetic field (s) associated with the magnet and / or the magnesium group com), the resulting adhesion force of the installation device or installation system can be significantly changed through fixing, disconnecting or replacing any modular component of the installation device or installation system.

The installation device and / or the interface of the object can be designed so that the first modular component having the first functionality can be interchangeable with the second modular component having the second functionality. In accordance with one embodiment, the first upper hole 991 and the second upper hole 992 may be configured to insert a first mounting magnet 930 or an interchangeable component 981. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the intermediate surface 912, section 913, and / or the interchangeable component 981 may be configured to shield the card or card component from the magnetic influence of the first installation magnet 930, the second installation magnet 940 and / or other components of the installation device 91 0.

Thus, in some embodiments, the resulting adhesion force of the installation device or system can be changed by attaching, disconnecting, or replacing the modular first installation magnet 930, the modular second installation magnet 940, the modular control component 960, or the interchangeable component 981.

Various embodiments of the clutch member or modular clutch member may be configured to improve the functionality of the installation device or installation system, while the installation system may be configured so that the installation and the corresponding functionality of the installation device or installation system can be implemented in various ways in accordance with specific application. Thus, a system for installing an object on a mounting surface is proposed. The system may include an installation device and an object interface, while the object interface can be configured to be attached to the installed object and to the installation device. The installation device may comprise an intermediate surface, wherein the intermediate surface may define a first plane. The installation device may also comprise an electromechanical clutch element, wherein the electromechanical clutch element may comprise at least one component of the clutch element located in a nested and telescopic configuration. At least one component of the clutch member may define a second plane. The electromechanical clutch member may also include a clutch lock device. The object interface may contain the central surface of the object, while the central surface of the object can set the alignment goal and the interface latch cavity.

At least one component of the clutch element containing the electromechanical clutch element of the installation device can be arranged to move between the extended state and the retracted state along the clutch line that intersects the first plane, while the installation device can be made so that the proximity of the object interface to the installation device and essentially complete alignment of at least one component of the clutch element and the alignment target given by the center the surface of the object, led to the fact that the electromechanical clutch element biases at least one component of the clutch element along the clutch line.

According to one embodiment, the proximity of the object’s interface to the installation device and the substantially complete alignment of at least one component of the clutch member and the alignment target defined by the center surface of the object may cause the electromechanical clutch member to bias the at least one component of the clutch member in extended state along the clutch line. Alternatively, in some embodiments, the proximity of the object interface to the installation device and the substantially complete alignment of at least one component of the clutch member and the alignment target defined by the central surface of the object could cause the electromechanical clutch member to bias the at least one component of the clutch member towards the cleaned state along the clutch line.

The clutch lock of the device located on the electromechanical clutch member may be arranged to move between the extended position of the clutch lock of the device and the retracted position of the clutch lock of the device along the clutch line of the lock of the device. The installation device can be designed so that the device’s clutch lock is biased toward the retracted position of the device’s clutch lock when the device’s clutch lock and the interface lock cavity are not substantially aligned along the clutch line of the device’s lock, and the installation device can be made in this way so that the clutch lock of the device is shifted toward the extended position of the clutch lock of the device when the clutch lock of the device and lethargy interface retainer are substantially aligned along a coupling line retainer device.

Moving at least one component of the clutch member along the clutch line can result in substantially complete alignment of the clutch lock of the device and the cavity of the interface lock so that the object interface and installation device can be locked to create a first adhesion force to place the object on the installation surface.

In some embodiments, the first adhesion force may cause the electromechanical adhesion element to bias at least one component of the adhesion element toward a retracted state to create a second adhesion force to mount the object on the mounting surface. For example, at least one clutch element may be configured to bias the interface of the object to clutch the intermediate surface of the installation device to create a second adhesion force.

At least one component of the clutch element, which is part of the electromechanical clutch element, may include a protruding part and a front side connected to the protruding part. In some embodiments, the front side of at least one component of the clutch member may have multiple device connectors. Alternatively or in addition, the protruding portion of the at least one component of the clutch member may have several device connectors.

In addition, in some embodiments, the device engagement lock may have multiple device connectors.

Moreover, in some embodiments, at least one component of the clutch member may have several second planes. In other words, the electromechanical clutch member may comprise several components of the clutch member; several components of the clutch element can be located in a nested and telescopic configurations; however, several components of the clutch element can define several second planes.

The electromechanical clutch element can set the adhesion depth of the device, while the electromechanical clutch element can set the adhesion depth of the device in the extended state and / or retracted state.

In some embodiments of the installation system, the central surface of the object may define a cavity, while the cavity may define an alignment target. Also, the cavity can set the depth of the object interface. In addition, the cavity of the interface retainer can be located taking into account the cavity so that access to the cavity of the interface retainer can be obtained through the cavity. For example, an object interface may be configured such that the cavity of the interface latch can access the device engagement latch through the cavity when the installation device is engaged with the object interface. In other embodiments, the central surface of the object may comprise a protruding part of the object containing the male configuration, while the protruding part of the object, which is part of the central surface of the object, can set the alignment goal. The protruding part of the object, which is part of the central surface of the object, can set the depth of the interface of the object.

The installation device may also contain at least one input device, while at least one input device can be configured to communicate with the electromechanical clutch element. Communication with the electromechanical clutch member may provide control of the movement and / or functionality of at least one component of the clutch member.

At least one input device may be a proximity sensor, a camera, etc. In this case, at least one input device can be located on at least one component of the clutch element.

The installation device may be configured such that at least one input device detects substantially complete alignment of at least one component of the clutch member and the alignment target, while the installation device can be configured to control the movement of the electromechanical clutch member relative to an input signal received at least one input device, so that at least one component of the clutch element can preset nnuyu depth clutch device relative to the object interface depths specified object interface.

In addition, the installation device may be configured to control the movement of the electromechanical clutch member, taking into account the input signal received by at least one input device, so that the device’s clutch lock and the interface lock cavity are substantially aligned along the clutch line of the device lock during clutch.

In some embodiments, the clutch lock of the device may define the plane of the lock. The locking plane defined by the clutch lock of the device may be substantially parallel to the second plane defined by at least one component of the clutch member. In some embodiments, the clutch lock of the device may be configured to move in a direction that corresponds to the clutch line.

The installation device may be configured so that the latch plane defined by the device engagement latch can be moved to a position in which the latch plane defined by the device engagement latch and the second plane defined by at least one component of the engagement element substantially coincide.

In some embodiments, the clutch lock of the device may include several clutch element clutch. Each of the several clutch elements of the clutch element can be arranged to move between the respective extended position of the clutch lock of the device and the corresponding retracted position of the clutch of the device along the corresponding clutch line of the device lock.

The object interface can be made taking into account the installation device so that the clutch lock of the device is biased by magnets towards the extended position of the clutch lock of the device when the clutch of the device and the cavity of the interface lock are essentially aligned.

The object interface can be made taking into account the installation device so that the clutch lock of the device is mechanically biased towards the extended position of the clutch lock of the device when the clutch lock of the device and the cavity of the interface lock are essentially aligned. For example, the electromechanical clutch member may be configured to mechanically bias the clutch lock of the device toward the extended position of the clutch lock of the device when the clutch lock of the device and the cavity of the interface lock are substantially aligned so that the object interface and installation device are locked to engage.

The installation device may have a first installation magnet, while the first installation magnet may be located on the intermediate surface. The first mounting magnet may contain several electromagnets. The magnetic field generated by the first installation magnet can be made with the possibility of adjustment. For example, the strength of the magnetic field generated by the first positioning magnet can be dynamically amplified or weakened. As an alternative or addition, the first installation magnet may be configured to turn on and off.

Moreover, the electromechanical clutch member may have a second mounting magnet. The second mounting magnet located on the electromechanical clutch element may contain at least one electromagnet. The magnetic field generated by the second mounting magnet located on the electromechanical clutch element can be made with the possibility of adjustment. For example, the strength of the magnetic field generated by the second alignment magnet can be dynamically amplified or weakened. As an alternative or addition, the first installation magnet may be configured to turn on and off.

The electromechanical clutch element can be made in the form of a modular component of the installation device. Similarly, the first installation magnet can be made in the form of a modular component of the installation device, and the second installation magnet can be made in the form of a modular component of the installation device.

The first positioning magnet and / or the second positioning magnet may be configured to control substantially complete alignment of at least one component of the clutch member and the alignment target.

As mentioned above, in some embodiments, the installation device or installation system may be configured to prepare the installation device for engaging and / or changing the adhesion method of the installation device.

The object interface may also comprise at least one short-range wireless data device. Similarly, the installation device may also comprise at least one short-range wireless data device. At least one short-range wireless data device comprising an object interface may be a near field contact (NFC) device. As an alternative or addition, at least one short-range wireless data device that is part of an object’s interface may be a Bluetooth device. The installation device may be intelligent, while the installation device may be configured to exchange data with at least one short-range wireless data transmission device that is part of the interface of an object (or object).

In some embodiments, the installation device may be configured to exit the power-saving mode in response to the proximity of the interface of the object, the installed object, and / or the peripheral device.

In addition, the object interface can be made taking into account the installation device so that the proximity of the object interface activates the first installation magnet and / or the second installation magnet so that the first installation magnet and / or the second installation magnet is made to respond to magnetism.

Thus, the first positioning magnet and / or the second positioning magnet can be configured to control substantially complete alignment of the alignment target and at least one component of the clutch member in response to the proximity of the object interface to the positioning device.

The installation device and the object interface can be performed taking into account each other so that the installation device can identify the installed object (for example, the object interface depth d _o , object weight, etc.) based on the input signal from at least one wireless device transmitting data with a short range, which is part of the interface of the object. For example, an object interface (or object) may be configured to generate a constant encoded signal that identifies an object interface (or object) for the installation device, wherein the installation device may be configured to adjust the magnetic field strength associated with the first installation magnet and / or a second setting magnet, to a predetermined level, taking into account the set object, as indicated in the encoded signal.

The installation device may be configured such that substantially complete alignment of the alignment target and the at least one clutch member causes the installation device to dynamically adjust the magnetic field strength associated with the first installation magnet and / or the second installation magnet set level, taking into account the installed object.

In some embodiments, the installation device may be configured such that the proximity of the object’s interface to the installation device would cause the installation device to dynamically adjust the magnetic field strength associated with the first installation magnet and / or the second installation magnet to a predetermined level, taking into account installed object.

In some embodiments, the installation device may be configured such that coupling between the object interface and the installation device causes the installation device to dynamically adjust the magnetic field strength associated with the first installation magnet and / or the second installation magnet to a predetermined level, taking into account installed object.

An electromechanical clutch member that is part of the installation device may have several device connectors. Several device connectors located on an electromechanical clutch member may comprise several subsets of device connectors. Accordingly, the installation device may have several electrical connections.

An object interface can have several interface connectors. Several interface connectors located on an object interface may contain several subsets of interface connectors. Accordingly, an object interface may have several electrical connections. Similarly, the installation system can be configured to simplify the establishment of several electrical connections between the object and the installation device.

The installation device may be configured to control the movement of at least one component of the clutch member that is part of the electromechanical clutch member, taking into account the input signal received by the at least one input device, so that several device connectors and several interface connectors are essentially fully coupled, and at least one electrical connection was established between the installation device and the interface of the object when CT is installed on the installation device.

The installation device may be intelligent. Accordingly, the electromechanical clutch member may be intelligent. As an alternative or addition, the installation device may have a card.

The installation device may be configured such that at least one authentication message is required to disconnect the object interface from the installation device. For example, the installation device may be configured to lock the clutch lock of the device in the extended position of the clutch lock of the device until the first authentication message is received. In other words, the installation system can be designed so that the object engages with the installation surface with the possibility of blocking until the installation device receives at least one authentication message, while the installation device can be prepared to disconnect upon receipt of at least one authentication message in this way so that the installation device is effectively unlocked with at least one authentication message. At least one authentication message may be created by an entity, an entity's interface, and / or a peripheral entity in accordance with a particular application.

For example, in accordance with one embodiment, the object interface may have a short-range wireless data device, and the short-range wireless data device may be configured to create a first authentication message with an installation device when the short-range wireless data device radius of action is within a predetermined distance from the installation device. The short-range wireless data device may be a Bluetooth device. In other embodiments, the short-range wireless data device may be a near field contactless (NFC) device or a similar device according to a particular application.

In addition, the object interface may have an interface input device, wherein the interface input device may be configured to transmit a second authentication message to the installation device when the interface input device receives a predetermined input signal. For example, an interface input device located on an object interface may be a tactile sensor, wherein a second authentication message may be transmitted via an electrical connection established between the object interface and the installation device.

The second authentication message may be a constant signal, configured to continuously transmit using the object interface in accordance with a constant tactile input signal. For example, a constant signal containing a second authentication message may occur when the user touches the interface of the object (for example, as opposed to detaching the object from the installation device).

The installation device may include a card, while the card, which is part of the installation device, can be configured to receive several authentication messages from the interface of the object. The card, which is part of the installation device, can be configured to exchange data with the electromechanical clutch element to control the movement and / or functionality of the electromechanical clutch element. In some embodiments, the card, which is part of the installation device, can be configured to exchange data with the clutch lock of the device to control the movement and / or functionality of the clutch lock of the device. For example, the installation device may be configured to unlock the clutch lock of the device when a second authentication message is received so that the clutch lock of the device can move along the clutch line of the device lock.

In some embodiments, the electromechanical clutch member may be intelligent.

The installation device can be designed so that a constant disengaging force applied to the installed object leads to a displacement of the clutch of the device towards the retracted position of the clutch of the device so that the object can be detached from the installation device. In some embodiments, the electromechanical clutch member may be configured to mechanically bias the clutch lock of the device toward the retracted position of the clutch lock of the device in response to a constant disengagement force.

Thus, the installation device can be configured to distinguish between a constant disengagement force and an unstable disengagement force, for example, a sudden disengagement force that occurs in the event of an impact, collision or other unintentional disengagement force applied to an object (for example, in the event of an accident). In other words, the smart installation device and / or the smart electromechanical clutch member may be configured to determine whether, for example, a user to detach an object.

The duration of action of the constant disengagement force required to disengage the object can be selected in accordance with a specific application. For example, an installation system for a relatively fragile object may be configured such that the constant disengaging force required to disengage the object is applied for ten seconds to reduce the likelihood of unintentional detachment. Alternatively, the installation system for the object, which should be detached as quickly and easily as possible, can be made in such a way that the constant disengaging force required to detach the object is applied for half a second, so that the disconnection is relatively invisible to the user.

After the object is detached from the installation device, the installation device may be configured to return at least one component of the clutch member to a free state. For example, an electromechanical clutch member may be configured to bias at least one component of the clutch member toward a retracted state after moving the device's clutch lock from the extended position of the device's clutch lock to the retracted position of the device's clutch lock. In other words, the electromechanical clutch member may be configured to automatically move to the retracted state during disconnection.

Due to this configuration, the object can be interlocked with the installation surface with the possibility of blocking, while a user wearing a peripheral device, for example, a put-on device, can approach the installed object, while the proximity of the peripheral device to the installation device can lead to the creation of the first authentication message for installation device. When the user touches the tactile input device located on the object interface during the capture of the object, the installation device can receive a second authentication message and can unlock the clutch lock of the device. In this way, the user can apply a disengaging force to disengage the object from the mounting surface. Alternatively, the installation device may be configured to automatically move the device engagement lock to the retracted position and / or to retrieve the object interface from the intermediate surface of the installation device in response to a second authentication message.

Moreover, in some embodiments, the installation device may be configured to bias the clutch lock of the device toward the retracted position of the clutch lock of the device when a second authentication message is received at the same time and a constant disengaging force appears.

In some embodiments, the installation device may be configured to prepare an electromechanical clutch member for disconnection in response to proximity to an interface of an object, an installed object, and / or a peripheral device.

In addition, in some embodiments, part of the cavity of the interface retainer may be part of the object interface retainer, wherein the object interface retainer may be movable along the clutch line of the object interface retainer.

In some embodiments, the object interface latch may be configured to move along the clutch line of the interface latch to a position that prevents a locked engagement between the object interface and the installation device. For example, in some embodiments, moving an object interface latch can effectively close or lock the interface latch cavity.

Also, in some embodiments, the installation device may be flush when not engaged. Thus, the installation device can be designed so that the first plane and the second plane essentially coincide when the installation device is in an uncoupled (eg, free) state.

In some embodiments, the first plane may be a conditional plane, and the intermediate surface may define a curved surface. Similarly, in some embodiments, the second plane may be a conditional plane, and the front side of at least one component of the clutch member may define a curved surface.

As shown in FIG. 28A and 28C, the mounting device 910 may be configured such that the engagement member 914 is interchangeable with the electromechanical engagement member 914R. As already mentioned, the installation device can be designed so that the transmission channel of the device is completely integrated into the design of the installation device so that an electrical connection can be established between each of several modular components of the device and the installation device. In other words, several modular components of the device, which are part of the installation device, could be made relative to each other so that the electrical connection necessary for one of several modular components of the device could be supported by the installation device. Accordingly, the installation device can be designed so that each of several modular components of the device can communicate with any other of several modular components of the device. As shown in FIG. 28A, the installation device 910 may be configured so that an electrical connection between the electromechanical clutch member 914R and the installation device can be established when the electromechanical clutch member 914R is attached to the installation device. In the illustrated embodiment, the intermediate surface 912 may have at least one electrical connector configured to electrically connect to at least one corresponding electrical connector located on the electromechanical clutch member 914R.

As shown in FIG. 28C, the electromechanical clutch member 914R may comprise an electromechanical assembly of several components of the clutch located in a nested and telescopic configuration. For example, an electromechanical clutch member 914R may be configured similarly to a mechanized telescopic zoom control unit for a digital camera, while an electromechanical clutch member 914R may be configured to support a predetermined maximum weight in accordance with a particular application. The front side 988'R of one of several components of the clutch element may have an input device, for example, a proximity sensor.

The electromechanical clutch member 914R may be intelligent and may be configured to respond in a predetermined manner to an input signal from an input device. The input signal received by the input device can be processed by a card (interchangeable component 981) located on the installation device 910.

The front side 988'R of the electromechanical clutch member 914R may have several device connectors 905, while multiple device connectors 905 may support / simplify the establishment of several electrical connections between the installed object and the installation device 910. In accordance with one embodiment, multiple device connectors 905 may be configured with the possibility of dynamic adjustment of the type of electrical connection, taking into account the interface of the object in accordance with a specific application Niya. In some embodiments, multiple device connectors may comprise multiple subsets of device connectors. For example, multiple device connectors may comprise a first subset of device connectors and a second subset of device connectors. The first subset of device connectors may have an end-to-end connector, for example, a USB Type C connection, while the second subset of device connectors may have an electrical connection for a power supply (for example, for an AC power supply). Accordingly, the electromechanical clutch element can be configured to make electrical connections with several interfaces of an object having interface connectors and / or subsets of interface connectors that are configured with respect to a first subset of device connectors and / or a second subset of device connectors.

The installation device 910 may be designed so that the position of the electromechanical clutch member 914R can be automatically and dynamically adjusted to suit the proximity of the object to be installed.

The electromechanical clutch member 914R may include a device clutch lock 915, while the device clutch lock 915 may be mechanized and may be movable between the retracted position of the device clutch and the extended position of the device clutch in response to an electrical signal generated by the installation device 910. In FIG. 28C and 28D, the device engagement latch 915 is depicted in the extended position of the device engagement latch. As shown in FIG. 28D, the interface of the object 920 (the part shown in the figure) can define the cavity 975 and the cavity 974 of the interface retainer, while the cavity 974 of the interface retainer can be located taking into account the cavity 975 so that access to the cavity 974 of the interface retainer can be obtained through cavity 975.

Also in some embodiments, the electromechanical clutch element (modular or non-modular) can be configured to move between the extended state and the retracted state only in response to an electrical signal, wherein the electrical signal can be transmitted by a card located on the installation device. For example, an electromechanical clutch element can be configured to move only in response to an electric signal generated by the card, and not any other effect, including the attractive force arising between the clutch element and the object as a result of approaching the object, as described in previous versions. In other words, although in some embodiments, the electromechanical clutch may be configured to respond to magnetism, in other embodiments, the electromechanical clutch may be configured to resist movement in response to an attractive force arising between the electromechanical clutch and the object, so that the electromechanical clutch element could be made with the possibility of only electrical control.

As described above, the functionality and configuration of the modular clutch member may vary significantly depending on the particular application. Accordingly, the modular configuration of the installation device may allow the user to switch between the functionality of the first device and the functionality of the second device by changing the first modular clutch element and the second modular clutch element in accordance with a specific application.

The modular configuration of the installation device and / or interface of an object can provide additional flexibility and benefits. For example, the adhesion depth d _{a of the} device, the depth d _{o of} the object interface and / or the orientation of the structure (for example, male or female configuration, etc.) of the installation device or object interface can be changed in accordance with a specific application by changing or mutually replacement of modular components of the device and / or modular components of the interface. As an alternative or addition, the dimensions and / or shape of the components or elements of the installation device or object interface; the appearance of the installation device or the interface of the object and / or the functionality of the installation device and / or interface of the object, etc. can be changed using a modular configuration.

In accordance with one embodiment, the first modular housing defining the first hole may be replaced by a second modular housing defining the second hole, while the width (e.g., diameter, cross-sectional area, etc.) of the second hole may differ from the width of the first hole . Thus, when the clutch member is in the extended state, the depth, width, functionality and / or shape of the protruding portion of the clutch member can be changed by attaching a second modular housing. For example, the second modular housing may be configured such that at least one of several components of the clutch member defining the clutch member can be substantially completely bounded (e.g., stationary) by the second modular housing when the second modular housing is attached to the mounting device, however, the restriction of at least one of the components of the clutch element to the second modular housing can change the depth, width, functionality and / or shape of the clutch element when the clutch element biased toward the extended condition. In other words, the second modular body may act as a restraining element at least one component of the clutch member, thereby preventing movement of the at least one coupling element coupling component along the line L _e. In other embodiments, the second modular housing may be configured to change the functionality of the installation device by interacting with at least one of several clutch elements located on the installation device. For example, the second modular housing may be configured to substantially retain, lock, cover, grip, etc. with at least one of several clutch elements in accordance with a specific application for a significant change in the functionality of the installation device. Alternatively, or in addition, in some embodiments, securing the second modular housing may alter the outer limit position OL of the second installation magnet and, accordingly, the engagement depth d _{a of the} installation device. In addition, the appearance of the installation device (for example, color, material (aluminum, plastic or wood), etc.) can be changed by replacing the first modular housing with a second modular housing.

According to another embodiment, the first modular clutch element having a male configuration, wherein the clutch element is arranged to be substantially flush with the intermediate surface when it is in the retracted state, can be replaced with a second modular clutch element containing the female configuration, when this clutch element can be made with the possibility of forming a telescopic socket when it is in the retracted state.

In other embodiments, the functionality of the installation device or installation system can be significantly changed by replacing the modular installation magnet. For example, the first installation magnet containing several permanent magnets can be replaced by the first installation magnet containing several electromagnets, so the functionality of the installation device can be significantly changed by changing modular components. For example, the second configuration, which includes the first installation magnet containing several electromagnets, can allow you to adjust the magnetic field associated with the first installation magnet 930 (to make it stronger, weaker, enable or disable, etc.), while the first configuration , which includes a first mounting magnet containing several permanent magnets, may not provide this. Moreover, the modular configuration of the installation device or object interface can allow components or elements, for example, electronic components or elements, to be improved, which can add value to the installation device or object interface over the life of the installation device or object interface.

Specialists in the art should understand that many embodiments and related functionality can be implemented in the installation device and / or installation system by using various configurations of modular components that may be similar or similar to those disclosed herein.

Moreover, in some embodiments, the installation device may comprise a door latch component, wherein the door latch component may be configured so that the extendable portion of the door latch component can move along the clutch line of the door latch. The clutch element can be made taking into account the door latch component so that pivotal movement (for example, clockwise, counterclockwise) of the clutch element allows the sliding part of the door latch to be moved along the clutch line of the door latch. The clutch member may be configured to respond to magnetism and may be configured to move between the extended state and the retracted state along the clutch line. The installation device can be designed so that the clutch element is biased towards the retracted state so that the clutch element does not protrude from the installation device when the installation device is not engaged. The object interface can be made with the possibility of attachment to the handle and to the installation device. The object interface can be configured to respond to magnetism and can define a cavity, and the cavity can be made taking into account the clutch element so that the clutch element can rotate (for example, clockwise and / or counterclockwise) when the object interface coupled to the installation device. For example, the clutch member may include an octagonal retractable portion and a front side connected to the retractable portion, the cavity may include a mating octagonal structure configured to insert a clutch member therein when the handle is mounted on the mounting device. The force of attraction that arises between the interface of the object and the installation device can be performed so that the proximity of the handle to the installation device leads to adhesion between the handle and the installation device for installing the handle on the installation device. When the handle is engaged with the installation device, the torque applied to the handle can act on the door latch component and can move the retractable portion of the door latch component along the latch engagement line. Thus, in accordance with one embodiment, the installation device may be tailored to the door so that the door latch component works in the same way or similarly to the standard door latch assembly when the handle is engaged with the installation device. In another embodiment, the mounting device may be configured for the cabinet door so that the latch component works in the same way or similar to a lockable lock when the extendable latch portion is located along the latch engagement line so that the extendable latch portion engages with the interior of the cabinet. In accordance with any embodiment, the latch component may be movable only when the handle is engaged with the installation device, and the installation device may be flush mounted when the handle is not engaged with the installation device. Accordingly, the latch component that is part of the installation device can be substantially uncontrolled (for example, the door cannot be opened, the cabinet cannot be opened, etc.) when the installation device is in an unhooked state. Thus, the user may want to remove, hide, make it inaccessible, etc. handle when the user wants to exclude access to the door, cabinet, etc.

As already mentioned, some options for the object interface can also have modular components that can add new functions or increase the versatility of the object interface and / or installation system. For example, as shown above, the support of the charger can be made in the form of a modular component of the interface of the object. Similarly, an object’s interface can contain various other modular components that can influence or change the functionality of a system in various ways.

In FIG. 29 depicts an object interface 620, wherein the object interface 620 may be a case for a mobile electronic device. The interface 620 of the object may include a modular disk 6230, while the disk 6230 may be located on the Central surface 626 of the object. The disk 6230 may be configured to be attached to the surface 623 of the protruding part of the Central surface of the object. The disk 6230 may be permanently attached or removably attached to the object interface 620. Thus, the disk 6230 can be made to detach (for example, screwing / unscrewing, engaging / disengaging using latches, connecting using fasteners, etc.). In accordance with the embodiment of FIG. 29, the disk 6230 can be screwed onto the outer surface 6232 so that the disk 6230 can be detached (for example, screwed and unscrewed) to the surface of the protruding part 623, while the protruding part surface 623 may have a corresponding thread so that it was possible to insert a disk 6230.

When detachably mounted or permanently mounted, the disk 6230 may be movable between the outer limit position of the OLP and the inner limit position of ILP along the line of movement L _m . Thus, the object interface can be designed so that the depth d _{o of} the object interface is adjustable. Similarly, an object interface can be configured so that the resulting traction of the system is adjustable. (The terms "external limit position" and "internal limit position" are associated with the position of the disk 6230 inside or outside the interface 620 of the object). For example, when the disk 6230 is in the outer limit position of the OLP, the distance between the third installation magnet and the first installation magnet and / or the second installation magnet may be greater than the distance between the third installation magnet and the first installation magnet and / or the second installation magnet when the disk 6230 is located in the internal limit position of the ILP, with a larger distance between the third installation magnet and the first installation magnet and / or the second installation magnet may correspond to a smaller (e.g., weaker) resulting traction between the object interface and the installation device when the object interface is fully engaged (e.g., fully installed) with the installation device.

In some embodiments, the disk 6230 may be configured to move between the outer limit position of the OLP and the internal limit position of the ILP by rotating the disk 6230. For example, turning the disk 6230 clockwise can move the disk toward the outer limit position of the OLP, and rotating the disk 6230 counterclockwise can move the disc toward the internal limit position of the ILP. The disk 6230 can be made so that the friction force between the disk 6230 and the central surface 626 of the object (for example, that occurs between the corresponding thread of the outer surface 6232 of the disk 6230 and the surface 623 of the protruding part of the central surface 626 of the object of Fig. 29) can support the disk 6230 in position between the outer limit position of the OLP and the internal limit position of the ILP (i.e., so that the disk 6230 can occupy any position between the outer limit position of the OLP and the internal limit position of the ILP along the line of movement Nia L _m). In addition, the disk 6230 can be designed so that the torque required to create a rotational movement of the disk, which exceeds the torque created by the frictional force that occurs between the disk 6230 and the installation device, when the interface of the object (or object) rotates after coupling with installation device. Thus, the movable disk 6230 can be configured so that the disk 6230 can hold a fixed position when the object interface 620 or installation device 610 rotates relative to another object interface 620 and / or installation device 610 during the engagement of the interface 620 object with the installation device 610. For example, the corresponding thread of the disk 6230 and the surface 623 of the protruding part can be made so that the torque required to create a rotation The displacement of the disk 6230 was greater than the torque created by the frictional force that occurs between the disk 6230 and the installation device during the rotational movement of the object interface relative to the installation device. Due to this configuration, the disk 6230 may not be able to move toward the outer limit position or the inner limit position under the action of the friction created by the rotational movement of the object interface when it is engaged with the installation device. Thus, the disk can be configured to hold a fixed position along the line of movement L _m (for example, the internal limit position, the external limit position or the position between them) due to the rotational movement of the object interface when the object interface is engaged with the installation device.

In other embodiments, the torque required to rotate the disk 6230 can be made so that the disk 6230 can be rotated (and, accordingly, be moved to the internal limit position or external limit position) in response to the frictional force arising between the disk 6230 and the installation device during a pivotal movement of an object (or object) interface when it is engaged with the installation device. Such a configuration may be desirable so that the resulting adhesion force of the system can be dynamically increased or decreased in response to a rotational movement of the object and / or the object interface during engagement with the installation device.

In accordance with other embodiments, the disk 6230 may have a holding force and / or an extension force, while a holding force and / or an extension force may affect the movement of the disk along the line of movement L _m . A holding force can bias the disk 6230 to the inner limit position of the ILP, and a pulling force can bias the disc 6230 to the outer limit position of the OLP. In accordance with one embodiment, the disk 6230 may have a spring-loaded gripping mechanism. The spring-loaded gripping mechanism may be configured to create a holding force in response to the first application of the interaction force to the disk 6230, and may be configured to create an extension force in response to the second application of the interaction force to the disk 6230. Thus, the disk 6230 can move (for example , switch) between the internal limit position of the ILP and the external limit position of the OLP in response to the subsequent application of the interaction force to the disk 6230. The interaction force can be applied to the user it directly to the disc 6230 when a object interface is not engaged with the positioning device, and in some embodiments, the interaction force may be applied by the user directly to the disk 6230, when engaged with the interface object positioning device. Also, the interaction force can be applied to the disk 6230 indirectly when the object interface is engaged with the installation device. For example, the interaction force can be applied to the installed object (or to the object interface), while the interaction force can compress the disk 6230 between the object interface and the installation device so that the spring-loaded gripping mechanism can be activated, it can move the disk 6230 to the internal limit position ILP or OLP outer limit position. When the activation of the spring-loaded locking mechanism causes the disk 6230 to move to the ILP internal limit position in an engaged (e.g. mounted) configuration, the resulting adhesion force can be increased (because the distance between the third positioning magnet and the first positioning magnet and / or the second positioning magnet can be reduced). When the activation of the spring-loaded locking mechanism causes the disk 6230 to move to the outer limit position of the OLP in the engaged configuration, the resulting adhesion force can be reduced (because the distance between the third positioning magnet and the first positioning magnet and / or the second positioning magnet can be increased). Thus, the resulting adhesion force of the system can be dynamically changed by applying an interaction force to the object interface (or object) when the object interface is engaged with the installation device.

In addition, in some embodiments, the spring-loaded gripping mechanism that is part of the disk 6230 may be configured to assist, improve, or otherwise simplify disconnecting the object from the installation device. For example, the extension force arising from the activation of the spring-loaded gripping mechanism of the disk 6230 can effectively serve as an extraction force that can overcome at least part of the disengaging force necessary to disengage (i.e. disassemble) the object from the installation device. Thus, in some embodiments, the disk 6230 may be configured to create an extraction force.

By adjusting the position of the disk 6230 between the outer limit position and the inner limit position of the ILP, users of the system (in accordance with the embodiment depicted in FIG. 29, users of a tablet or smartphone case used as an installation device) can adjust the amount of net grip force that occurs between installation device and object interface. Thus, a user who appreciates security (for example, thinking of a greater net grip force to fix the tablet computer to the installation device) and prefers a relatively high net grip force to hold the object interface on the installation device, can move the disk 6230 toward the ILP internal limit position to create a relatively large net grip force. Alternatively, a user who appreciates ease of use (e.g., detaching the tablet computer more easily) and prefers a relatively low net grip force can move the disk 6230 to its outer limit position to create a relatively small net grip force between the object interface and the installation device.

In accordance with other options, the disk 6230 can be made so that the design (for example, shape, etc.) of the interface 620 of the object can be changed. For example, a disk 6230 configured to move between an outer limit position of an OLP and an internal limit position of an ILP (as described above) can be moved to a position where a portion of the disk 6230 protrudes from the object interface. The protruding disc 6230 may increase the depth d _{o of the} interface of the object, thus, the interface of the object can accommodate a relatively large part of the clutch during engagement with the installation device. In this regard, the object interface can be designed so that the depth of the object interface is adjustable. In accordance with this approach or as an adjunct, one or more components of the clutch element that could be removed when fully engaged with the object’s interface (for example, before moving the disc to a protruding position) can be advanced with full engagement with the object’s interface when the disc is in the protruding position.

In embodiments in which the disk 6230 is removable, the design of the object interface 620 may be changed by detaching the disk 6230, since detaching the disk 6230 may increase the dimensions (e.g., diameter, volume, etc.) of the cavity 675 and / or may change the design ( for example, configuration, shape, etc.) of a female socket that is part of an object’s interface. Moreover, the disk 6230 may contain several components of the disk, with each of several components of the disk can be made with the possibility of disconnection. Thus, the design of the object interface 620 can be changed by attaching additional disk components, while mounting one or more disk components can reduce the size of the cavity 675, the hole defined by the cavity 675, and / or can change the design of the female socket. (Like the 6230 disc, optional disc components can be permanently mounted or can be detached). In some embodiments, several disk components may be located in a nested configuration. For example, as shown in FIG. 29, the disk 6230 can be located on the object interface 620 described above, while the disk 6230 can be configured to insert a disk component 6231 that is detachably attached to the inner surface 6238 of the disk 6230 (for example, both surfaces can be threaded as described above) so that the disk 6230 and the disk component 6231 are located in a nested configuration. Thus, the mounting of the disk component 6231 can change the size of the cavity 675 and / or the design of the female receptacle. Thus, due to the configuration of the disk and / or the component (s) of the disk, more or fewer nodes of the installation device (i.e., components of the clutch member) can be inserted into the object interface.

In accordance with another embodiment, the disk 6230 may include a damper unit configured to change the diameter of the cavity 675 or the hole defined by the cavity 675 (for example, partially or completely close the cavity 675) while the disk 6230 is rotated. The damper unit may work the same or similar to the camera’s frame window. Thus, the disk 6230 can be made so that the cavity 675 of the interface 620 of the object was adjustable. In some embodiments, the disk 6230 and the damper block may be made taking into account the channel 608 of the clutch element 614 of the mounting device 610 (for example, as shown in Fig. 19), while the disk 6230 may be configured to move (for example, rotate) in this way so that the damper unit can engage with channel 608 when the object interface is engaged with the installation device.

The additional component (s) of the disk can set the depth, while the depth of the additional component (s) of the disk may differ from the depth of the disk 6230. If the depth specified by the additional component (s) of the disk is less than the depth of the disk 6230, in some embodiments, the design of the cavity may differ from multi-level female jacks in a telescopic configuration. If the depth specified by the additional component (s) of the disk is greater than the depth of the disk 6230, the cavity structure may differ from the multilevel male telescopic system in the telescopic configuration (for example, a shape that may be similar to the shape of the clutch of the installation device when the clutch contains several components of the element clutch and is in the advanced state, as shown in previous versions). Thus, the attachment of the additional component (s) of the disk can change (for example, increase / increase or decrease / weaken) the resulting adhesion force of the system, because the distance (distance) between the third mounting magnet and the first and / or second mounting magnets can be changed, as described above, in accordance with the configuration of the additional component (s) of the disk. In addition, each of several components of the disk may be configured to move between a corresponding internal limit position and a corresponding external limit position.

It is important to understand that the disk (and, optionally, additional disk components) of the object interface 620 can also be made in the same way or similar to the clutch element (including clutch element variants containing the clutch element components), because each of several disk components can be made with the ability to respond to magnetism and can be made with the ability to move between the corresponding internal limit position and the corresponding external limit position (as described above). Also, as already mentioned, several disk components can be located in a nested configuration and / or telescopic configuration. Thus, in some embodiments, the object interface may comprise some or all of the components of the installation device and / or may function in the same or similar manner to the installation device. Accordingly, as mentioned above, similar or similar variants of the installation device can be applied to two or more objects (for example, to the installation surface and the housing of the mobile device from the above example) and can be attached to each other to connect the objects to each other, which is apparent when considering the many disclosed embodiments.

In accordance with other options, the front surface 6235 of the disk 6230 may be rotatable regardless of the central surface 626 of the object (in some embodiments, independently of all other components of the interface 620 of the object), while the front surface 6235 may be rotatable relative to the axis of symmetry Y object. (In some embodiments, the axis of symmetry Y may substantially correspond to the central axis X of the clutch member of the installation device when the object interface is engaged with the installation device). Thus, the object interface 620 can be configured to reduce kinetic friction between the object interface 620 and the engagement element and / or the intermediate surface when the object interface 620 rotates about the symmetry axis Y of the object when the object interface 620 is engaged with the installation device. In other words, the face surface 6235 of the disk 6230 may be configured to maintain a fixed position during engagement with the installation device due to the static friction acting between the face surface 6235 of the disk 6230 and the intermediate surface and / or clutch of the installation device when the object interface rotated relative to the axis of symmetry Y. Thus, the interface of the object can be made with the possibility of reducing or essentially completely eliminating wear due to friction on the object interface and / or the intermediate surface and / or the clutch element of the installation device, when the object interface is rotated relative to the installation device during engagement with the installation device.

Additionally, in some embodiments, disk 6230 may be configured to respond to magnetism. For example, the disk 6230 may have at least one magnet, and at least one magnet may be configured to attract (or repel) one or more components of the installation device. In some embodiments, the disk 6230 may have a third mounting magnet of the object interface 620.

In accordance with other options, the object interface 620 may be configured to attach to a substantially smooth surface that is configured to respond to magnetism. A substantially smooth surface may be the surface of the installation device and / or may be a ferrous metal part, a refrigerator, a wall, etc.

The third locating magnet may be designed to have a substantially smooth surface so as to support the weight of the object and object interface 620 when the disk 6230 is engaged with a substantially smooth surface. In accordance with one embodiment, the face 6235 of the disk 6230 may have a third mounting magnet, wherein the third mounting magnet may comprise at least one correlated magnet. At least one correlated magnet can be configured to resist sliding movement (for example, in some embodiments, to resist substantially parallel movement relative to a plane of a substantially smooth surface that can be aligned with the direction of gravity) when the face 6235 of the disk 6230 is coupled to a substantially smooth surface, and sliding resistance can support the weight of the object and object interface 620 under m gravity when the drive 6230 is engaged with a substantially smooth surface. In such embodiments, the holding force (e.g., sliding resistance) of the at least one correlated magnet can be made taking into account the substantially smooth surface and the weight of the object (and the object interface) so that the object interface can withstand the weight of the object when engaged with a substantially smooth surface.

Thus, in some embodiments, the object interface 620 may comprise a third mounting magnet configured to support the weight of the object when the object interface 620 is substantially flush with the installation device (i.e., when the clutch member is substantially flush or recessed into the intermediate surface and / or is not otherwise inserted into the cavity 675 of the object interface 620).

Moreover, the disk 6230, containing at least one correlated magnet, can be made to rotate regardless of the Central surface 620 of the object. Thus, an object interface 620 comprising a third positioning magnet (e.g., a correlated magnet) that is capable of supporting the weight of the object can simplify the rotational movement of the object when the object interface 620 is engaged with a substantially smooth surface. In this embodiment, the disk 6230 may occupy a substantially fixed position with respect to a substantially smooth surface by coupling at least one correlated magnet to a substantially smooth surface, wherein the object interface 620 may rotate around the substantially fixed position of the disk 6230 when the object interface 620 is engaged (e.g. installed) with a substantially smooth surface.

In accordance with other options, the object interface 620 may have a substantially smooth surface that is adapted to be attached to the clutch member 614 of the mounting device 610 when the clutch member 614 is in the retracted state, while the clutch member 614 may have at least one correlated magnet configured to adhere to a substantially smooth surface of an object interface 620. At least one correlated magnet that is part of the clutch member 614 can support the weight of the object and object interface (ie, resist sliding force as described above) when the object interface 620 is engaged with the positioning device 610. In addition, the clutch element 614 may be rotatable about the central axis X when it is in the retracted state. Thus, the mounted object can be rotated around the central axis X of the clutch member 614 when it is engaged with at least one correlated magnet of the clutch member 614.

Configurations of the system, installation device, and / or interface of an object that provide rotary movement of an installed object may be desirable because many modern portable electronic devices (tablet computers, smartphones, displays, etc.) have the ability to automatically reorient displayed information in response to change the orientation (for example, rotary movement) of devices. Thus, users of modern portable electronic devices may be accustomed to rotate devices during normal use, therefore configurations of the system, installation device and / or interface of an object that provide a simple and standard way to rotate an installed object can provide more comfortable use for users of portable devices.

In addition, in some embodiments, the disk 6230 can be connected to the third installation magnet 641, while the disk 6230 and the third installation magnet 641 can be rotatable regardless of the central surface 626 of the object (and / or in some cases, independently of other interface components 620 objects). In accordance with other embodiments, the disk 6230 may be configured to be attached to the third installation magnet 641 and the central surface 626 of the object so that the disk 6230 can rotate independently of the third installation magnet 641 and can rotate independently of the central surface 626 of the object (for example, the disk , the third installation magnet and the central surface of the object could move independently of each other, despite their attachment to each other). In other embodiments, the disk 6230 may be configured to connect to the third installation magnet 641 so that the rotation of the disk 6230 substantially corresponds to the rotation of the third installation magnet 641 (i.e., that they rotate together or that the object interface 620 can be rotated while maintaining the immobility of the disk 6230 and the third installation magnet 641 during engagement with the installation device 610). Such a configuration (eg, corresponding rotation between the disk and the third positioning magnet) may be desirable when, for example, the third positioning magnet 641 comprises several magnets configured to be substantially completely aligned with the corresponding several magnets that are part of the first positioning magnet located on the intermediate surface of the installation device, with the alignment of several third installation magnets and several first installation magnets m Jette be needed to create the resultant adhesive force when the object interface is mounted on the positioning device.

Although the disk 6230 and the optional disk component 6231 shown in FIG. 29 have a circular cross-section, in various embodiments, the disk and / or additional component (s) of the disk may have a rectangular, hexagonal, etc. transverse section.

As shown in FIG. 30, a system 1000 is for mounting an object on a mounting surface. System 1000 may include an installation device 1010 and an object interface 1020. The installation device 1010 may be configured to be mounted to a mounting surface, for example, to a VESA mount, which is configured to support a television, while the object interface 1020 may be mounted to a mounted object, such as a television, which is configured to Mounted onto the VESA mount using the four mounting supports 1007.

The installation device 1010 may include an intermediate surface 1012 configured to respond to magnetism by arranging the first installation magnet in a first plane. In this embodiment, the first mounting magnet may comprise several magnets. Also, as shown, the installation device 1010 may include several clutch elements.

The first clutch member may comprise several clutch member components (1014 'and 1014' ') located in a nested configuration. The second clutch member 1014 may be configured to move between the extended state and the retracted state along a clutch line that intersects the first plane. A second positioning magnet (in this embodiment, one of several second positioning magnets) may be located on the second clutch member 1014. The second positioning magnet can set the outer limit position when the second clutch member 1014 is in the extended state, while the second positioning magnet can set the base limit position when the second clutch member 1014 is in the retracted state. A control component (not shown) can be located on the base surface (not shown) of the installation device 1010, while the control component can be configured to apply a control force to the second installation magnet located on the second clutch element 1014, which can bias the second clutch element 1014 towards the cleaned state.

The second clutch member 1014 may include a protruding part 1098 and a front side 1088 connected to the protruding part 1098. The protruding part 1098, which is part of the second clutch member 1014, may comprise a first protruding part segment 1098 'and a second protruding part segment 1098' ', the second coupling element 1014 may be configured to structurally support the object by coupling the object interface 1020 to at least a segment of the protruding portion (1098 'or 1098' '). The protruding part 1098 may be configured to support at least a portion of the weight of the installed object. In addition, the protruding part 1098, which is part of the first protruding part segment 1098 'and part of the second protruding part segment 1098' ', may have restriction elements 1050, while the restriction elements 1050 can be made taking into account the intermediate surface 1012 and the base surface (not shown ) to set the outer limit position and the base limit position of the second positioning magnet located on the second clutch member 1014 (and a similarly extended state and retracted state of the element clutch 1014).

The interface 1020 of the object may contain a Central surface 1026 of the object and the auxiliary surface 1024 of the object, which is remote from the Central surface 1026 of the object. The object interface 1020 may have several third mounting magnets. Accordingly, the central surface 1026 of the object may have a third mounting magnet in the third plane, and the auxiliary surface of the object can be configured to respond to magnetism by a third mounting magnet located in the fourth plane. In this embodiment, one of several third positioning magnets may be an auxiliary surface 1024 of the object, because the auxiliary surface 1024 of the object may comprise a ferrous metal plate. Similarly, in this embodiment, the central surface 1026 of the object may be one of several third mounting magnets, because the central surface 1026 of the object may comprise a ferrous metal plate and a permanent magnet attached to the ferrous metal plate.

The central surface 1026 of the object may comprise a protruding surface 1023, wherein the protruding surface 1023 may consist of a first protruding part surface segment 1023 'and a protruding part surface segment 1023' '. The surface 1023 of the protruding part can be made with the possibility of fastening to the auxiliary surface 1024 of the object so that the auxiliary surface 1024 of the object and the Central surface 1026 of the object can be connected using the surface 1023 of the protruding part. The width (for example, diameter in this embodiment) of the first segment 1023 ″ of the surface of the protruding part may differ from the width of the second segment 1023 ″ of the surface of the protruding part. In this embodiment, the width of the second 1023 ″ segment of the surface of the protruding portion may be less than the width of the first segment 1023 ″ of the surface of the protruding portion (i.e., the diameter of the second segment 1023 ″ of the surface of the protruding portion may be less than the diameter of the first segment 1023 ′ of the surface of the protruding portion).

When the object is mounted on the installation device 1010, the proximity of the central surface 1026 of the object to the installation device 1010 can create an attractive force between the central surface 1026 of the object and each of several components of the clutch element (1014 'and 1014' '), which can lead to adhesion between the central surface 1026 of the object and the first coupling element, and the proximity of the auxiliary surface 1024 of the object to the installation device 1010 can create an attractive force between the auxiliary surface 1024 of the object and torym coupling element 1014, which may cause adhesion between the reference surface 1024 and second object 1014 clutch member.

The third mounting magnet located on the central surface 1026 of the object can be made taking into account the second mounting magnets located on the first coupling element (1014 'and 1014' '), so that before coupling the interface 1020 of the object could be essentially self-aligned with the installation device 1010

The installation device 1010 may be configured so that the front surface of the installation device 1010 (for example, a target installation area that is part of the intermediate surface 1012 and several clutch members) is substantially flush when the first clutch member (1014 'and 1014') and the second clutch member 1014 are in a retracted state, while the installation device 1010 may be configured so that the first clutch member (1014 'and 1014'') and the second clutch member 1014 are in In this state, when the installation device 1010 is free. The installation device 1010 may be configured such that a second clutch depth d _a is set between the second clutch member 1014 and the first clutch member (1014 'and 1014'') (and, respectively, between the intermediate surface 1012 in this embodiment), when the second clutch member 1014 is in the corresponding extended state and the first clutch member (1014 ′ and 1014 ″) is in the corresponding retracted state. The interface 1020 of the object can be configured so that the depth d _{o of the} interface of the object is set, and the depth between the center surface 1026 of the object and the auxiliary surface 1024 of the object can set the depth d _{o of the} interface of the object. The central surface 1026 of the object (the depths defined by the first segment 1023 'of the surface of the protruding part and the second segment 1023''of the surface of the protruding part of the central surface of the object, as well as the width (for example, diameter) defined by the central surface 1026 of the object) and the depth d _{o of} the object interface can be made taking into account the second clutch member 1014 (the depths specified by the first protruding part segment 1098 'and the second protruding part segment 1098''of the second clutch member 1014), while the second engagement depth d _a it is chosen so that the central surface 1026 of the object can be inserted into the second clutch element 1014 when the second clutch element 1014 is in the extended state, while the receiving central surface 1026 of the object can lead to the landing of the support of the interface 1020 of the object using the installation device 1010. Landing of the interface 1020 of the object can provide structural support for the object, while the installation device 1010 can be made with the possibility of structural support of the object due to the clutch the first segment 1023 'of the surface of the protruding part of the central surface 1026 of the object with the second segment 1098 "of the protruding part of the second clutch 1014 and / or by coupling the second segment 1023" of the surface of the protruding part of the central surface 1026 of the object with the first segment 1098' of the protruding part of the second element clutch 1014.

In addition, the first positioning magnet and the second positioning magnet can be made taking into account several third positioning magnets so that the resulting cohesion between the positioning device 1010 and the object interface 1020 can simplify the movement of the object interface 1010 in the direction corresponding to the direction of the force gravity during installation, so that the central surface 1026 of the object can be received by the second coupling element 1014 and, accordingly, the interface 1020 the project could rely on the installation device 1010 when the object interface 1020 is engaged with the installation device 1010. In other words, the resulting adhesion force can be performed taking into account the weight of the installed object so that the object interface 1020 can move in a sliding manner along the installation installation target area 1010 so that the central surface 1026 of the object can be inserted into the second coupling element 1014 and, accordingly, the interface 1020 of the object can be planted using установ installation device 1010 when the interface 1020 of the object is fully engaged with the installation device 1010.

Thus, in the embodiment of FIG. 30, when the object is mounted on the installation device 1010, the proximity of the object’s central surface 1026 to the installation device 1010 can result in substantially complete self-alignment of the object’s central surface 1026 with respect to the first engagement element so that the central axis of the object’s central surface 1026 can be substantially completely aligned relative to the central axis of the clutch member component 1014 '. Also, the proximity of the central surface 1026 of the object to the installation device 1010 can create an attractive force between the central surface 1026 of the object (for example, the third installation magnet) and the first coupling element (for example, the second installation magnet), which can lead to adhesion between the front side 1022 of the surface of the central surface 1026 of the object and the clutch member component 1014 '. Also, the proximity of the object’s auxiliary surface 1024 to the second clutch member 1014 can create an attractive force between the object’s auxiliary surface 1024 (for example, the third positioning magnet) and the second clutch element 1014 (for example, the second positioning magnet), which can lead to adhesion between the object’s auxiliary surface 1024 and the front side 1088 of the second clutch member 1014 (for example, the second clutch member 1014 can be moved toward the extended state so that occurs lo grip). Moreover, the proximity of the auxiliary surface 1024 of the object to the intermediate surface 1012 can lead to an attractive force between the auxiliary surface 1024 of the object (for example, the third installation magnet) and the intermediate surface 1012 (for example, the first installation magnet), while the interface 1020 of the object can move further along the clutch line towards the intermediate surface 1012. Further movement of the interface 1020 of the object towards the intermediate surface 1012 can lead to the movement of th coupling element (1014 'and 1014' ') towards the retracted state. In addition, the object interface 1020 can be moved in a sliding manner so that the central surface 1026 of the object can be inserted into the second coupling element 1014 and, accordingly, the object interface 1020 can be planted by the installation device 1010. The object interface 1020 can be moved in a sliding manner by the user and / or under the action of gravity until the landing interface 1020 of the object and, thus, structural adhesion with the installation device 1010.

When planted, the interface 1020 of the object can resist disengagement in the direction corresponding to the clutch line until the weight of the object (for example, lifting the object) is displaced by the applied lifting force (for example, essentially opposite to the direction of gravity), which can lead to the removal of the interface 1020 of the object from the installation device 1010 so that after that the interface 1020 of the object can be gradually unhooked from the installation device 1010 along the clutch line, as was defined above. Accordingly, the system 1000 can be designed so that the weight of the installed object can be used to provide additional protection (i.e., structural protection) of the installed object. In addition, as shown in FIG. 30, regardless of whether the fit is made by engaging the first protruding portion segment 1023 'with the second protruding part segment 1098' 'of the second engagement member 1014 or by engaging the protruding part second segment 1023' 'with the first protruding portion segment 1098' of the second the clutch member 1014, the mounted object can be rotated around the central axis of the central surface of the object when the object interface 1020 is fully engaged (in this embodiment, engaged and mounted) with the installation device 1010.

The installation device 1010 can be coupled using a variety of object interfaces and, thus, can be used in different systems as an extension to the system 1000. For example, as an addition to the object interface 1020, the installation device 1010 can be compatible with the object interface 620, which matches or similar to the embodiment of FIG. 19. Thus, the object interface 620 can couple and disconnect the installation device 1010 through the clutch member component 1014 ′ in the same way or similarly to engage and detach the object interface 620 from the clutch member 614 shown in FIG. 19, because the cavity 675, which is part of the central surface 626 of the object, can be made with the possibility of matching only with the component 1014 'of the clutch element. Thus, the object interface 620 can be configured to insert only the clutch component component 1014 'during installation, while other components of the installation device (e.g., the second clutch element 1014 and the clutch element component 1014' ') can be substantially removed taking into account the component 1014 'of the clutch element, when the object interface 620 is fully engaged with the installation device 1010. In addition, in accordance with another embodiment, the object interface can be configured to simultaneously insert and it components 1014 '' of coupling member and the second member clutch 1014, the components 1014 'clutch member can be substantially retracted relative to the component 1014' 'of coupling member and the second clutch member 1014 when the object interface is fully engaged with the mounting device 1010.

Moreover, in an embodiment similar or similar to the embodiment of FIG. 30, installation device 1010 and object interface 1020 may interchange roles. For example, an object interface 1020 may be configured to mount onto a VESA mount, with the installation device 1010 being inverted relative to the orientation shown in FIG. 30, and thus may be configured to be mounted on a television for mounting the television on a VESA mount. Due to this configuration, the second clutch member 1014, which is part of the installation device 1010, can function similarly to the collar 477 shown in FIG. 13 when it is fully coupled to the object interface 1020.

As already mentioned, in various embodiments, the installation device, the interface of the object and / or the installation system can support data exchange through one or more devices for wireless data transmission and / or electrical connections and can be intelligent. Accordingly, several installation devices may comprise a communication system for the device. In FIG. 31 shows an embodiment of a communication system 1100 for a device.

Also, as mentioned above, the installation method disclosed herein can be applied to an existing item or part of an existing item so that the item is modified to achieve the desired functionality of the installation device. Also, as mentioned above and shown in FIG. 17A and 17B, variants of the installation device can be installed on other known installation devices to extend the functionality of the known installation devices so that the installation device can act as the installation interface for the known installation device. The system depicted in FIG. 31 shows two such examples / embodiments.

As shown in FIG. 31, the installation method can be applied to a device case (i.e., a switch case, a socket, etc.) so that the device case is modified to achieve the desired functionality of the installation device and to expand the functionality of the device case. Accordingly, there is an installation device 1110A, while the installation device 1110A may include an intermediate surface and several clutch elements shown in the retracted state and made taking into account the housing 1182 of the device.

Also, as shown in FIG. 31, an embodiment of the installation device may be installed on another known installation device (for example, in this embodiment, on an Edison cartridge) to extend the functionality of the known installation device so that the installation device is an installation interface for the known installation device. Accordingly, there is an installation device 1110B, while the installation device 1110B can be made in the same way or similar to the installation device 910 and may include a modular clutch element shown in the extended state, and an Edison modular cartridge that can be detached to the base surface of the installation device 1110B . In some embodiments, the installation device 1110B may include a diffuser for heat dissipation or a modular component of the diffuser for heat dissipation.

In other words, the installation method can be applied to an electric lamp or part of an electric lamp (for example, to the Edison cartridge in Fig. 31) so that the electric lamp is modified to achieve the desired functionality of the installation device. For example, in accordance with one embodiment, the installation system may include an installation device made in the same way or similar to the installation device 1110B, and an object interface configured to be mounted to the installed object (for example, to a part of an electric lamp) and to the installation device so that the electric lamp has been modified to achieve the desired functionality of the installation device. Such an installation system configuration may allow the user to quickly and easily attach and disconnect the lamp from a standard electric lamp installation cartridge. In addition, in some embodiments, such a configuration may allow other objects having compatible object interfaces to be mounted on a standard electric lamp mounting cartridge and receiving electricity and data through a standard electric lamp mounting cartridge.

The communication between multiple installation devices comprising a communication system for the device can vary from a relatively simple connection to a relatively complex communication in accordance with a particular application and with respect to the respective configurations of each of several installation devices that are part of the system. For example, installation devices containing a communication system for the device may be configured to exchange data via wired (eg, via Ethernet, power line, etc.) or wireless connections; via simplex, duplex, multiplex, etc. communication; through one or more networks; and / or through any convenient connection or combination of several compounds in accordance with a specific application. In some embodiments, one or more installation devices contained in the communication system for the device may be intelligent.

As shown in FIG. 31, the communication system 1100 for the device may be configured to provide simplex communication between the installation device 1110A and the installation device 1110B. The clutch member 1114c, which is part of the installation device 1110A, may be configured to function as a tactile input device (e.g., push button, push switch, resistive or capacitive touch sensor, etc.). For example, the setting device 1110A may include a push switch component located relative to the clutch member 1114c, while the setting device 1110A can be configured so that the tactile input received by the clutch element 1114c can communicate with the setting device 1110B in the established manner. In this embodiment, the communication system 1100 for the device may be configured such that the tactile input received by the clutch member 1114c is configured to initiate a task using the setting device 1110B.

The relative complexity of the task performed in the communication system for the device may vary in accordance with a specific application and taking into account the respective configurations of each of several installation devices containing a communication system for the device. In accordance with the embodiment depicted in FIG. 31, the installation device 1110A may be configured to communicate with the installation device 1110B through communication via a power line, while the sequential tactile input signals received by the clutch member 1114c may be configured to sequentially open and close a circuit that is part of the installation device 1110B, so that the electrical connection established between the installation device 1110V and the installed object can be effectively established and destroyed (the object can effectively be turned on / off) by means of successive input signals transmitted to the clutch member 1114s.

Alternatively or in addition, the installation device 1110A and the installation device 1110B may be configured to support wireless communications, in some embodiments, the installation device 1110A and the installation device 1110B may be intelligent. For example, in accordance with one embodiment, an input signal received by the installation device 1110A may be transmitted to the installation device 1110B via a WiFi network and may cause a computer program to start by the installation device 1110B. For example, a computer program may be configured to adjust the intensity and color of the LED lamp that is installed on the installation device 1110B in a predetermined manner.

As shown in FIG. 31, as an alternative or addition, installation device 1110A may be configured to communicate and / or control one or more peripheral objects. For example, the device housing 1182 located on the installation device 1110A may be adapted to be attached to a wiring (for example, a house or building) that is attached to a peripheral object, such as a three-speed ceiling fan. Installation device 1110A may be configured to control a three-speed ceiling fan through wiring. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the clutch member 1114c may be configured to function as a control handle. For example, the installation device 1110A may comprise a second control component, for example, a spring-loaded gripping mechanism, while part of the second control component may be movable between the extended position and the retracted position. When part of the second control component is in the retracted position, the clutch member 1114c may be configured to move between the extended state and the retracted state along the clutch line and may be shifted toward the retracted state using the first control component, as described above and shown in other options. Also, as described in previous embodiments, the clutch member 1114c may include a protruding part and a front side connected to the protruding part. The second control component can be positioned relative to the clutch element 1114c so that the supply of the first tactile input signal to the clutch element 1114c can drive the second control component and cause the second control component to bias the movable part of the second control component towards the extended position . When a part of the second control component is biased toward the extended position, the second control component can apply a constant extraction force to the engagement member 1114c, which is configured to bias the engagement member 1114c toward the advanced state. Thus, the second control component can be configured to efficiently extract the clutch member 1114c toward the extended state in response to the first tactile input signal, while the constant extraction force can be configured to constantly bias the clutch 1114c toward the extended state in this way so that the protruding portion of the clutch member 1114c is accessible and can be gripped for use as a control handle.

In addition, the installation device 1110A may be configured so that the application of torque to the clutch member 1114c leads to the establishment of communication between the installation device 1110A and the peripheral object in the established order. For example, the user can click on the clutch element 1114c (for example, the first tactile input signal) to efficiently extract the clutch element 1114c into an extended state, while the user can grab the clutch element 1114c and turn the clutch element 1114c clockwise to subsequently increase the speed of the ceiling fan from three speeds. Similarly, the user can rotate the clutch member 1114c counterclockwise to subsequently reduce the speed of the ceiling fan at three speeds. Alternatively or in addition, the installation device 1110A may be configured to control an object, for example, an LED lamp coupled to the installation device 1110B. According to one embodiment, the mounting device 1110A may be configured so that applying constant torque to the clutch member 1114c counterclockwise allows the LED lamp to gradually diminish, and applying constant torque to the clutch 1114c clockwise allows the LED to gradually increase brightness lamps.

Moreover, when interaction with the clutch element 1114c used as the control handle is no longer required, the setting device 1110A can be configured so that a second tactile input signal is supplied to the clutch element 1114c when the clutch element 1114c is constantly shifted toward the extended state , set in motion the second control component (for example, a spring-loaded gripping mechanism) and led to the fact that the second control component biases the moving part of the second control component tape in the direction of the retracted position so as to eliminate the constant force of extraction. As a result, the clutch member 1114c can again be moved between the extended state and the retracted state along the clutch line effectively released by the second control component, and can be shifted toward the retracted state with the first control component.

In some embodiments, the installation device may be configured such that coupling the installation device with the interface of the object launches software.

In addition, the installation device 1110A can be configured to simplify the establishment of several electrical connections between the installation device 1110A and the installed object. As shown in FIG. 31, the installation device 1110A may have several device connectors, wherein several device connectors located on the installation device 1110A may comprise a first subset 1105b of device connectors and a second subset 1105e of device connectors. In this embodiment, each of the subsets of device connectors located on the installation device 1110A may be configured to simplify the establishment of a power network connection (e.g., an AC power network) with a compatible object interface so that the configuration of the first subset 1105b of device connectors substantially matches the configuration of the second subset 1105e device connectors. Each of the subsets of the connectors of the device can be designed so that the corresponding subset of connectors of the device is energized only when it is coupled to the corresponding several interface connectors. In other words, in a disengaged state, several device connectors that are part of the installation device 1110A may be inactive. Thus, multiple device connectors that are part of the 1110A installation device can be safe to touch (for example, with your hands, foreign metal objects, etc.) so that the device connectors do not lead to accidental electric shock or arcing. For example, the installation device 1110A can be made in such a way that for each of the subsets of device connectors requiring voltage supply (i.e., powered by electricity), an authentication message is received, while an authentication message can be issued via a compatible object interface via wired or wireless means before or during grip in accordance with a particular application.

As already mentioned, in accordance with other options, the installation device can simplify the establishment of several electrical connections (for example, two, three, four, etc.) of various types and configurations in accordance with a specific application, so that the corresponding configurations of each of several subsets device connectors could be distinguished in some ways.

In some embodiments, the device housing 1182 may be configured as a modular component of the installation device 1110A. In other words, the device body 1182 may be adapted to be mounted (for example, mounted) to a mounting surface, such as a wall, while the mounting device 1110A may be mounted to be mounted to a mounting surface through a device modular body 1182 so that it can be detached so that the installation device 1110A can effectively be a modular component of the installation surface using the device modular housing 1182 when the device housing 1182 is attached to the installation surface.

In accordance with other options, the installation device may include a plug or socket. Accordingly, as an alternative or addition, the clutch member may comprise a plug or socket.

As mentioned above, in some embodiments, the physical body may comprise an installation device and an object interface, or may contain components or elements of an installation device and an object interface.

For example, in FIG. 32, a portable power source is shown from two points (for example, a front view and a rear view), while the portable power source may be configured to define a cavity and may include a clutch member, several device connectors, and several interface connectors. The portable power source may have a rechargeable battery, a large capacitor, an ultracapacitor, a fuel cell, etc. in accordance with a specific application. In some embodiments, the clutch element can be made with the possibility of fixation (for example, motionless).

In accordance with one embodiment, the clutch member may have multiple device connectors and multiple interface connectors. For example, the front side of the clutch member (for example, the outer part of the front side) may have several device connectors, and the inner front side of the clutch element (for example, the inside of the front side) may have several interface connectors, while several interface connectors and several device connectors may be coupled and can be supported through the front of the clutch member. Accordingly, the essentially hollow configuration of the clutch member can define a cavity, while the cavity defined by the clutch member can be configured and can operate essentially the same as the cavity defined by the object interface, as indicated in other embodiments. For example, the cavity depicted in FIG. 32 may be part of the substantially hollow portion of the clutch member described above.

Moreover, as mentioned above, an embodiment of the installation device can be applied separately from two or more objects, wherein the installation devices can be attached to each other to connect the objects to each other; however, similar embodiments may have connectors that are compatible when they are connected to each other, so that the connection of the installation devices can simplify the establishment of a connection between objects. In FIG. 32 shows an example of such an embodiment.

Accordingly, in some embodiments, multiple installation devices may have a loop configuration for a desired electrical connection in accordance with a particular application. Similarly, several installation systems may have a loop configuration for a desired electrical connection in accordance with a particular application.

As shown in FIG. 33A and 33B, in some embodiments of the mounting device, an additional clutch member may be designed taking into account the clutch member of the mounting device so that the additional clutch member can be attached to the clutch member, while attaching the additional clutch member to the clutch member of the mounting device can be the possibility of significantly changing the functionality of the clutch element and / or installation device in accordance with a specific application . The additional clutch element may be coupled to the installation device with the possibility of unlocking due to the resulting adhesion force or may be coupled to the installation device with the possibility of locking due to the blocking adhesion force in accordance with a particular application. In addition, in some embodiments, the installation device may be configured such that the additional clutch element and / or the object interface can optionally be interlocked with the installation device when the additional clutch element or object interface is engaged with the installation device so that the locking traction force arose in addition to the resulting traction force.

In FIG. 33A and 33B show an installation device 1210 and an additional clutch element 12140, wherein the additional clutch element 12140 can be configured to significantly change the functionality of the clutch element 1214 and the installation device 1210, for example, significantly changing the shape of the clutch element 1214, adding a wireless charging function for the installation devices 1210 and significantly changing the attractive force associated with the clutch element 1214, as well as the resulting adhesive force associated with the installation device ohm 1210, when the object interface is engaged with the installation device 1210. In addition, the additional coupling element 12140 can be configured so that the additional coupling element 12140 can optionally be interlocked with the installation device when the additional coupling element 12140 is engaged with the installation device 1210 so that a blocking traction force occurs as a complement to the resulting traction force between the additional clutch element 12140 and the installation device property 1210. Accordingly, the additional clutch member 12140 can engage the installation device 1210 in the same way or similar to the interface of the object and can significantly change the functionality of the installation device in the same way or similarly to the modular clutch element or the modular component of the clutch element.

The installation device 1210 may have a clutch member 1214 (shown in the figure in the extended state) comprising several device connectors 1205 and a device engagement latch 1215. An additional clutch member 12140 may be configured to define a cavity 12751 and may include a second mounting magnet 12400, several interface connectors (not shown), an interface transmission channel (not shown), a transmitter coil component 12401, and an object interface latch 12251.

The force of gravity acting between the setting device 1210 and the additional clutch member 12140 can cause the additional clutch element 12140 and the setting device 1210 to clutch to create the resulting traction force. In other words, an additional clutch member 12140 can be mounted on the installation device 1210 essentially in the same way as a compatible object, object interface, etc.

The additional clutch member 12140 may be adapted to the installation device 1210 so that an electrical connection can be made between the installation device 1210 and the additional clutch element 12140 when the additional clutch element 12140 is engaged with the installation device 1210, while the electrical connection may have a coil component transmitter or receiver coil component so that the mounting device 1210 can be configured to participate in a connection for wireless charging when additional clutch member 12140 is engaged with the mounting device 1210.

In accordance with one embodiment, the additional clutch member 12140 may comprise a transmitter coil component 12401, wherein the mounting device 1210 may be configured to wirelessly charge a compatible object, object interface, device modular component, etc., when the additional clutch element 12140 is coupled to installation device 1210.

In some embodiments, the additional clutch member 12140 may comprise a receiver coil component, wherein the installation device 1210 can be wirelessly charged using a compatible object, object interface, etc. when the additional clutch element 12140 is coupled to the installation device 1210. For example , the installation device may contain a rechargeable battery, while the rechargeable battery can be charged wirelessly using compatible th object, etc., when the additional clutch element 12140 is engaged with the installation device 1210.

In addition, the additional clutch element can be configured to significantly change the installation function of the clutch element and / or the installation device when the additional clutch element is engaged with the installation device. For example, in the embodiment depicted in FIG. 33B, the additional clutch member 12140 may be the same or similar to the clutch member 14 shown in FIG. 10 and / or clutch member 314 shown in FIG. 11A and 11B. Accordingly, the mounted object can freely move around the front side 12880 of the additional clutch element 12140 (for example, rotate, rotate, etc.) so that the object can be manipulated to fit in the preferred orientation when it is firmly fixed due to the resulting adhesion force which is part of the installation device 1210 when the additional clutch member 12140 is engaged with the installation device 1210.

Moreover, in this and other embodiments, the additional coupling element can be configured to significantly change the magnetic field associated with the installation device in a predetermined manner. For example, an additional clutch element can be made with the possibility of significant adjustment and / or fine adjustment of the magnetic field taking into account a specific object, object interface, range of object weight values, etc.

In other embodiments, the additional clutch member may have one or more input devices, wireless data devices, etc. in accordance with a specific application.

The additional clutch element may be adapted to be attached to the installation device with the possibility of disconnecting and / or locking in accordance with a specific application. For example, as shown in FIG. 33A, the mounting device 1210 may include a device engagement latch 1215 so that the additional clutch member 12140 can optionally engage with the mounting device 1210 when the additional clutch member 12140 is mounted (i.e. mounted) to the mounting device 1210 disconnect.

The clutch lock 1215 of the device can be arranged to move between the extended position of the clutch lock of the device and the retracted position of the clutch lock of the device along the clutch line of the clamp of the device. In accordance with the embodiment depicted in FIG. 33A and FIG. 33B, the device’s clutch lock can set the extended position of the device’s clutch lock when the device’s clutch lock is biased toward the object to be installed (and / or the additional clutch member in this embodiment), while the device’s clutch lock can set the retracted position of the device’s clutch lock when the lock the clutch of the device is offset from the installed object (for example, offset towards the intermediate surface, the base surface, etc. of the installation device in various embodiments).

The clutch latch 1215 of the device can be configured to respond to magnetism, while the clutch latch 1215 of the device can be shifted towards the retracted position of the clutch of the device using a control component that is part of the installation device 1210 when the clutch element 1214 is not engaged with the installed object ( for example, an object, an object interface, an additional clutch element, etc.). The installation device 1210 may be configured so that the device engagement latch 1215 can be biased toward the extended position of the device engagement latch due to the attractive force acting between the object to be installed and the device engagement latch 1215 when the object to be mounted is engaged with the clutch member 1214. For example, in accordance with the embodiment depicted in FIG. 33A and 33B, the mounting device 1210 may be configured so that the device engagement latch 1215 can be biased toward the cavity 12751 defined by the additional clutch 12140 due to the attractive force acting between the second installation magnet 12400 and the device engaging latch 1215 when the additional clutch member 12140 is coupled to the clutch member 1214. Thus, in accordance with the embodiment shown in FIG. 33A and 33B, the clutch line of the device may correspond to the clutch line of the installation device 1210.

At least a part of the object interface retainer may be configured to move between the closed position of the object interface retainer and the open position of the object interface retainer along the clutch line of the object interface retainer. For example, with reference to an additional clutch member 12140 shown in FIG. 33A, the outer part (as shown in the figure) of the object interface latch 12251 can be configured to move the inside (not shown) of the object interface latch 12251 between the closed position of the object interface latch and the open position of the object interface latch along the clutch line of the object interface latch.

The cavity 12751 defined by the additional clutch member 12140 may be configured to insert the clutch member 1214 and / or the device clutch 1215 into it when the additional clutch element 12140 is engaged with the installation device 1210, depending on the position of the object interface latch 12251.

The object interface latch 12251 can be made taking into account the cavity 12751 defined by the additional clutch element 12140, and taking into account the device clutch latch 1215 so that the cavity 12751 is essentially closed by at least a part of the object interface latch 12251 taking into account the device clutch latch 1215 when the object interface latch 12251 is in the closed position of the object interface latch. In addition, the object interface latch 12251 may be configured such that the cavity 12751 is not substantially closed taking into account the device engagement latch 1215 when the object interface latch 12251 is in the open position of the object interface latch.

In other words, the object interface latch 12251 can set the closed position of the object interface latch when the cavity 12751 is substantially closed by at least a portion of the object interface latch 12251 taking into account the device engagement latch 1215, and the cavity 12751 can be made without being inserted into it the device engagement latch 1215 when the object interface latch 12251 sets the closed position of the object interface latch. Accordingly, the object interface latch 12251 can set the open position of the object interface latch 12751 when the cavity is not substantially closed by the object interface latch 12251 taking into account the device clutch 1215, while the cavity 12751 can be configured to insert the device clutch 1215 into it when an additional clutch member 12140 is coupled to the clutch member 1214 and the object interface lock 12251 defines an open position of the object interface lock.

In addition, when the object interface latch 12251 sets the closed position of the object interface latch, a portion of the cavity 12751 may define the interface latch cavity.

In some embodiments, an object interface retainer or a similar object interface component may be configured such that the cavity defined by the object interface is closed in consideration of one or more engagement elements or engagement element components that are part of the installation device, including but not limited to the engagement element or a component of a clutch member that includes a clutch lock of the device.

The object interface latch can be made so that the application of an input force to at least a part of the object interface latch is made with the ability to shift the object interface latch toward the open position of the object interface latch or towards the closed position of the object interface latch. For example, in accordance with one embodiment, the object interface latch may have a capacitive sensor, wherein the object interface latch may be configured such that applying an input force to the capacitive sensor effectively switches the object interface latch between the open position of the object interface latch and the closed position of the object interface latch .

As shown in FIG. 33A, the object interface latch 12251 can be configured so that an input force is applied to the outside (as shown) of the object interface latch 12251 to move the inside (not shown) of the object interface latch 12251 toward the open position of the interface latch object, while the latch 12251 of the interface of the object can be made so that the inner part of the latch 12251 of the interface of the object is automatically shifted towards the closed position of the latch of the interface and the object when the input force disappears. For example, pressing the outer part of the object interface lock 12251 (i.e., the input force) can activate a spring unit, which is configured to bias the inside of the object interface lock 12251 towards the open position of the object interface lock until the input force stops.

In such a configuration, the additional clutch member 12140 can be unlocked with the installation device 1210 when it is mounted on the installation device 1210. Furthermore, when the additional clutch element 12140 is mounted (i.e., unlocked) on the installation device 1210, applying an input force to the outer part of the object interface latch 12251 can bias the inside of the object interface latch toward the open position of the object interface latch. When the object interface lock 12251 sets the open position of the object interface lock, the cavity 12751 may not be closed by the object interface lock 12251 taking into account the device engagement lock 1215; while the attractive force acting between the device engagement lock 1215 and the second mounting magnet 12400 can lead to the insertion of the device engagement lock 1215 into the cavity 12751. The termination of the input force can automatically displace the inside of the object interface lock 12251 towards the closed position of the interface lock the object, in this case, when the object interface latch 12251 sets the closed position of the object interface latch, part of the cavity 12751 can define the cavity of the interface lock ca with the clutch retainer device 1215; also an additional clutch member 12140 may be interlocked with the mounting device 1210.

In FIG. 33B depicts a mounting device 1210 and an additional clutch member 12140 when they are engaged due to a blocking clutch force.

In some embodiments, a device engagement latch may be located on an intermediate surface, housing, or other component of the installation device. Also, the clutch lock of the device may be flush with the intermediate surface, the housing, etc., when the installation device is not engaged.

As shown in FIG. 34, in this embodiment, there is a modular interface 1220 of the object, while the modular interface 1220 of the object can be configured to attach to the installed object, for example, to a mobile computing device (for example, a tablet computer, smartphone, etc.). Moreover, the modular interface 1220 of the object can be configured to attach to the clutch element 1214 or an additional clutch element 12140 of the installation device 1210.

The modular interface 1220 of the object may include a latch 12252 of the interface of the object so that the modular interface 1220 of the object can optionally be engaged to lock the installation device 1210. Also, the modular interface 1220 of the object can contain a modular central surface 1222 of the object, while the central surface 1222 of the object can be made with the possibility of matching with an additional clutch element 12140 using the hole 1204 on the surface and the contact surface 1202 of the hole 1204 on the surface which can be made (for example, may have a shape) substantially flush to engage with the front side 12880 of the additional clutch element 12140 so that the object to be set can move freely around the front side 122880 of the additional clutch element 12140 (for example, rotate, rotate and etc.) so that the object can be manipulated for placement in the preferred orientation when it is securely fixed due to the resulting adhesion force, which is part of the installation device 1 210 when the optional clutch member 12140 is engaged with the mounting device 1210.

The modular interface 1220 of the object may contain a modular housing 1221 interface, while the housing 1221 interface may have several modular interface components located in a multi-level configuration. For example, the first part of the interface housing 1221 may be located in each of several modular components of the object interface, while the second part of the interface housing 1221 may be configured to close the sliding part of each of the several modular components of the object interface, which is inserted in a sliding manner into the first part of the housing 1221 interface.

Such a configuration can provide a high degree of customizability of the modular interface of the object 1220, so that the modular components of the interface of the object can be easily replaced with each other. In addition, such a configuration may provide the ability to fine-tune the structural configuration of the modular interface 1220 of the object and / or structural elements or components of the modular interface 1220 of the object in accordance with a specific application.

For example, in FIG. 35 shows several modular components of the object interface (the figure shows only part of several modular components of the object interface), while several modular components of the object interface can be located in a multi-level configuration and can define a cavity 12753 of the object interface. Accordingly, a modular interface of an object containing a multi-level configuration of several modular components of the interface of an object can have extensive configuration options and can provide high flexibility for dynamically setting up a modular interface of an object taking into account different configurations of the installation device in accordance with a specific application. For example, the modular components of the object interface can be configured to change or dynamically adjust the depth d _{o of} the object interface; changing or dynamically adjusting the position of an object interface latch; changing or dynamically adjusting the position of one or more third installation magnets in such a way that the resulting adhesion force between the object interface and the installation device changes accordingly; adding, removing or changing the position of the modular support of the charger and / or, by analogy, the depth and / or configuration of several interface connectors, taking into account the installation device; and / or changes in the way in which the modular interface of an object can be structurally interlocked with the installation device. Specialists in the art should understand that based on this disclosure, other configurations based on the multi-level configuration of several modular interface components can be created.

In accordance with other embodiments of the installation device or installation system, a minimum number of components may be necessary to achieve the desired functionality of the installation device or installation system in accordance with a particular application, because the installation device or installation system may be designed with gravity in mind to achieve the desired functionality .

For example, in FIG. 36, an installation device 1310 is shown, wherein the installation device 1310 may comprise a clutch element 1314 (shown in the extended state) and an intermediate surface 1312. In this embodiment, the clutch element 1314 may be configured (only) to respond to magnetism, and the installation device 1310 can be performed taking into account gravity in such a way that gravitational force provides additional functionality that can be associated with other components of the installation device in other embodiments. For example, the installation device 1310 can be made taking into account gravity so that adhesion between the interface of the object or the installed object and the intermediate surface 1312 can occur under the influence of gravitational force on the installed object. Thus, the gravitational force can be used to provide essentially the same functionality as the attractive force created, for example, by the first positioning magnet, in accordance with another embodiment. In addition, the installation device 1310 can be made taking into account gravity so that the clutch element 1314 is automatically retracted after disconnecting the object from the device. Thus, gravitational force can be used to provide substantially similar functionality to the control component. Similarly, the mounting device 1310 can be made taking into account gravity so that the clutch member 1314 can be biased toward the retracted state by gravity so that the clutch 1314 is substantially flush with the intermediate surface 1312 when the mounting device 1310 is not engaged with the installed object.

In accordance with one embodiment, the mounting device 1310 may include a stand when the base surface 1380 is substantially fully engaged with a substantially horizontal surface, such as a countertop. The object interface can be made with the possibility of mounting to the installation device 1310 and to an electronic device (for example, a laptop, television set-top box, etc.). The clutch member 1314, which is part of the installation device 1310, may have several device connectors, and the object interface may have several corresponding interface connectors so that an electrical connection can be established between the electronic device and the installation device 1310 when the object interface is engaged with the installation device 1310.

In addition, the intermediate surface 1312 of the installation device 1310 may have a first modular installation magnet, wherein the first modular installation magnet may optionally be attached to the installation device 1310 to improve the resulting adhesion force of the installation system so that the installation device 1310 can support the installation when the base surface 1380 is attached to a substantially vertical surface, such as a wall.

As shown in FIG. 37, there is an installation device 1410, wherein the installation device 1410 may have several electrical connections. For example, multiple electrical connections may include multiple audio / video connections (e.g., HDMI, composite video, component video, Toslink, etc.), wherein the installation device 1410 may have several audio / video ports that can be configured to mounts to a screen, such as a television, in accordance with a specific application. Several cables can be attached to the ports, as shown in the figure. Each of several clutch elements can be configured to respond to magnetism and can move between a corresponding advanced state and a corresponding retracted state. In FIG. 37, each of several clutch elements is depicted in a retracted state. Each of several clutch elements can have one of several electrical connections located on the installation device 1410. The corresponding interface of the object can be made with the possibility of attaching to the audio / video component (for example, to a DVD player, CD player, audio receiver, etc. .) in accordance with a specific application, the interface of the object can be made taking into account the installation device 1410 so that the coupling between the interface of the object and the installation device 1410 m Establish several electrical connections between the audio / video component and the screen. In this configuration, the user can quickly and easily connect and disconnect the audio / video component and screen without having to insert or remove audio / video cables between the devices. Thus, the installation system can be made in the form of a connecting interface between devices.

In various embodiments, the installation system can be used to couple several physical bodies, and several installation systems can be made relative to each other in such a way as to facilitate the installation of a continuous electrical connection between the physical bodies. For example, an outdoor installation device may be adapted to be fastened (i.e., built-in) to an outdoor component (e.g., parquet, tile, etc.) and wired, for example, in a building through the device’s transmission channel. The table can be made in such a way that the lower part of the table leg contains the interface of the object mounted on the leg, which is made taking into account the floor installation device so that the interface of the object mounted on the leg can be coupled with the floor installation device. In this configuration, the floor mounting device can effectively fasten the table leg to a predetermined location on the floor so that the table leg does not move along the surface of the floor during grip. The table leg may also have an installation device installed in the upper part of the leg, while the table may also have a desktop interface of an object that is adapted to be attached to the installation device mounted on the leg for joining the table leg with the tabletop (i.e., for connecting pieces of furniture with each other). Moreover, the table may have a desktop installation device, which can be located on the upper surface (for example, in the countertop) of the table, while the monitor stand can have an object interface configured with the desktop installation device in such a way that the monitor stand can be coupled to a desktop installation device. The monitor stand may also have an installation device mounted on the stand, wherein the panel may have a display object interface that is adapted to the installation device mounted on the rack so that the display can be mounted on the monitor stand. In addition, each of several installation systems can have an appropriate and compatible electrical connection, and the table and monitor stand can have a transmission channel that connects each of the respective installation devices, object interfaces and / or installation systems supported by the table and stand for monitor. In such a configuration, when each of the installation systems is interconnected, an electrical connection can be made between the wiring and the display.

Accordingly, in some embodiments, the installation system may have many functions when the intermediate surface, which is part of the installation device, is made without the ability to respond to magnetism. For example, a clutch element configured to respond to magnetism and built into the countertop can be configured to clutch the interface of an object located on a device, for example, in a microwave oven. The object interface can define a cavity and can be adapted to engage the engagement element when the cavity and the engagement element are substantially aligned, while the adhesion between the installation device and the object interface can essentially fix the microwave on the surface of the countertop. Thus, when the user, for example, opens the door of the microwave oven, the microwave oven can resist the force exerted by the user (for example, the force that would otherwise cause the microwave oven to move along the surface of the countertop), and may not move along the surface of the countertop for the adhesion between the installation device and the interface of the object.

In FIG. 38 shows an embodiment of an installation system comprising several installation devices that can be docked, each of several installation devices may include components of the installation device and an object interface so that several installation devices can be connected to each other.

As noted above, the structures and components shown in the figures have been simplified for clarity and ease of explanation. Essentially, although one or more components have been described above, for example, housings, mounts, racks, hinges, etc., they may not be shown in the figures. Those skilled in the art will understand that the method, systems and devices discussed herein may also describe means for docking, coupling, securing or otherwise magnetically connecting one object to another, and that changes may be made to embodiments of the invention and modifications without departing from the essence of the present disclosure.

For example, although specific configurations and relative sizes and distances are shown in the figures, it should be understood that these configurations are provided for explanation and many other configurations are possible. Although the illustrated mounting device variants have a clutch element with a circular cross section, the present invention may include clutch elements with a square, rectangular, triangular or other cross section. As an alternative or addition, the configuration of the external side of the clutch element may include additional elements that simplify the interaction between the clutch element and the interface of the object. In this regard, the outer side of the clutch element can be in the form of a key (setting the configuration and location of the holes for inserting the corresponding protrusions of the object interface into them) so that only certain object interfaces can be coupled to them, while the object interfaces can only be connected defined angles or in certain orientations relative to the installation device, and / or only certain electrical connectors that are part of the installation device, and / or the interface about ekta. In other embodiments, the outer side of the clutch member may have through holes or other openings for wires or other components to pass through them from the installation device to the object interface or vice versa. In addition, those skilled in the art should understand that there are many means to manipulate a magnetic field associated with a magnet, a group of magnets, etc., and in accordance with this approach or as a complement to the magnetic field associated with the installation device , an object interface or an interlocked system, to achieve the desired functionality. For example, covers, plates, magnetic cores, materials for magnetic protection, shielding cells made of ferrous metal, etc. can be made taking into account a magnet, several magnets or groups of magnets to amplify, weaken, create a shape or otherwise change the magnetic fields associated with the magnet (s); in this case, the same components (modular or fixed) can be made with the possibility of influencing the magnetic field associated with the installation device, object interface or coupled system in a certain way.

Thus, it should be understood that the present invention is not limited to the particular embodiments disclosed, and it is intended that all modifications and other embodiments are also included within the scope of the claims. Although specific terms are used in this description, they should be considered in a general and descriptive sense, and not as a limitation.

Claims (23)

1. A device for installing an object on a mounting surface, characterized by the presence of: a section configured to accommodate several modular components of the device; a modular first positioning magnet configured to define a first plane; and a modular clutch element comprising several components of the clutch element, at least one of which is configured to respond to magnetism; however, when several modular components of the device are located in the specified section, the modular clutch element is located relative to the modular first installation magnet along the clutch line intersecting the first plane; wherein the section is configured to substantially prevent the movement of several modular components of the device along said clutch line; however, the modular clutch element is designed so that at least one of several components of the clutch element can move between the extended state and the retracted state along the clutch line; wherein the modular first mounting magnet and the modular clutch element are configured to interact to engage with the installed object to create a common adhesion force; and in this case, the tripping force, which is less than the adhesion force, when applied to the installed object, overcomes the total adhesion force in stages, sequentially overcoming the corresponding adhesion forces associated with the modular first positioning magnet and the modular adhesion element to disengage the object. 2. The device according to claim 1, in which the section contains a transmission channel of the device, configured to provide electrical connection with any of several modular components of the device located in the section. 3. The device according to claim 2, in which at least one of several modular components of the device is a modular support of the charger, which is arranged to accommodate several interface connectors, and the modular clutch element is configured to accommodate several connectors of the device, and the installation device made with the possibility of placing the transmission channel of electricity and data regarding the specification of USB 3.1. 4. The device according to p. 2, in which the first installation magnet contains several electromagnets located on a modular holding plate, and the modular holding plate is made with the possibility of electrical connection with the transmission channel of the device. 5. The device according to claim 2, in which the modular clutch element is made in such a way as to ensure the establishment of a charging interaction with the installed object. 6. The device according to claim 5, which is made in such a way that when the object and / or the installation device are rotated relative to each other, the charging interaction is supported with the object. 7. The device according to claim 1, in which each of the modular components of the device is arranged to accommodate at least one electrical connecting interface, the transmission channel of the device being phased created by each subsequent modular component of the device placed in the section. 8. The device according to claim 1, in which the section is arranged to accommodate each of the essentially covered modular connecting elements and essentially covering modular connecting elements. 9. The device according to claim 1, in which the section is configured to engage structurally with several modular base surfaces. 10. The device according to claim 2, in which part of the section is configured to accommodate several interchangeable modular components. 11. The device according to claim 2, in which at least one of several modular components of the device is a push switch. 12. The device according to claim 1, in which at least one of several modular components of the device is a modular clutch element containing a connecting latch of the device. 13. The device according to claim 1, in which at least one of several modular components of the device is a modular housing. 14. The device according to claim 2, in which at least one of several modular components of the device is a modular card, which is made with the possibility of electrical connection with the transmission channel of the device. 15. The device according to any one of paragraphs. 2-14, which additionally contains a modular plug adapter that adapts power from the mains for the transmission channel of the device.

Images